Ced 2019 Catalog LR
Ced 2019 Catalog LR
— The Staff of
© 2010 CED Elevator Supply Division. All rights reserved.
No part of this catalog may be reproduced without the permission of CED.
CED Elevator & Electrical
In this Section
Sealed Lead-Acid Batteries . . . . . 1.2
Alkaline Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3
Rechargeable Alkaline Batteries . 1.3
Battery Cross Reference . . . . . . . 1.4
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
1.1 1.1
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 1 1/21/19 12:51 PM
1 Commonly Used
Elevator Batteries
■
BATTERIES
■
Here is a new generation of alkaline batteries that
BATTERIES
protect the environment by having a mercury-free
formula. Reformulated for better performance, these
batteries are reliable and safe to use, because they
are guaranteed not to leak. No other battery in the
industry is more powerful.
Part Number Description
AL-D Size D, 6pack
■
AL-C Size C, 6-pack
AL-AA Size AA, 4-pack
AL-AAA Size AAA, 4-pack
AL-9V 9-volt, 6-pack
RAY-O-VAC
Rechargeable Alkaline
Part Number Description
7132 Size D Renewal
7142 Size C Renewal
7154 Size AA Renewal
7244 Size AAA Renewal
PS1 Renewal 4-Pos. Charger,
AA or AAA Batteries
PS2 Renewal Kit–PS3 w/ (4) D, (2) C,
(4) AAA, (4) AA Batteries
Battery Equivalents Shown By Row / Items in Bold are Stock Supported Drop Ship Items
Powercell Powersonic CSB Panasonic Enersys Interstate GS/ Kung Long MK East Haze Universal Other Union BB
(old Yuasa) Portalac Penn Battery
PC1.3-6 PS-612 GP613 LC-R01R3P NP1.2-6 PE6V1.2 WP1.2-6 ES1.2-6 HZS6-1.3 UB613 RB612 MX-06012 BP1.2-6
PC3.4-6F1 PS-630 GP633 LC-R063R4P NP3-6 PE6V3A WP3.4-6 UB634 LS16V30,
■
RB630
PC4-6 PS-640 GP645 LC-RB064P NP4-6, PE6-4 WP4-6, ES4-6 HZS6-5 UB645 RB640 MX-06040 BP4-6,
NP5-6 NP4.5-6, WP4.5-6 BP4.5-6
NP5-6
PC7-6F1 PS-670 GP672 LC-R067R2P NP7-6 PE6V6.5 WP7-6 ES7-6 HZS6-7.2 UB670 RB670 MX-06070 BP8-6H
PC8.5-6 PS-682 NP8.5-6 PE6V8 WP13-6 UB685 RB682 BP8-6V
PC12-6F1 GP6120 LC-R0612P1 NP12-6, SLA0955 PE6V10, WP12-6 ES10-6, HZS6-10, UB6120 RB6100 MC-06100, BP10-6,
NP10-6 PE6V12 ES12-6 HZS6-12 MX-06120 BP12-6
PC12-6TFP PS-6120 GH6120 WP13-6 HZS6-14 UB612O RB6120, BP13-6WH
RB695
PC1.3-12 PS-1212 GP1213 LC-R121R3PU NP1.2-12 PE12V1.2 WP1.2-12 ES1.2-12 HZS12-1.3 UB1213 RB1212 MX-12012 BP1.2-12
PC2.2-12 PS-1220 GP1222 LC-R122R2P NP2.3-12 PE12V1.9 WP1.9-12 ES1.9-12 HZS12-2.2 UB1222 RB1220 MX-12020 BP2.3-12
PS-1223 GH1223S LC-SA122R3EU NP2.3-12 WP2.3-12 UB1223A RB1223
PS-1229 PE12V2.7 WP2.9-12T HZS12-2.9 UB1229T RB1229 BP3-12
NP2.6-12
PC3.4-12F1 PS-1230 LC-R123R4P ES3-12 HZS12-3.3 UB1234 RB1230 BP3.6-12
PC4.5-12 PS-1242 GP1245 LC-RB124P NP4-12 SLA1050, PX12050 WP4-12 ES4-12 HZS12-5 UB1250 RB1242 MX-12040 BP4.5-12
SLA1055
PS-1250F2 GP1250 LC-R125P NPH5-12 PE12V5 WP5-12 ES5-12 UB1250 RB1252 BP5-12
PC7-12F1 PS-1270 GP1272 LC-R127R2P NP7-12 SLA1075, PE12V7, WP7-12 ES7-12 HZS12-7.5 UB1280 RB1270 MX-12070 BP7-12
SLA1079 PX12072 WP7.2-12 BP7.5-12,
BP8-12
PC9-12S PS1282L PE12V9, WP8-12 HZS12-9 UB1290 HR9-12
PX12090
PC12-12F2 PS-12120 GP12120 LC-RA1212P NP12-12T SLA1104, PE12V12 WP12-12 ES12-12 HZS12-12 UB12120 RB12120 MX-12120 BP12-12
SLA1105
GA31462001 CF12V14L,
CFM12V125L
PC17-12 PS-12180 GP12170 LC-RD1217P NP18-12 SLA1116 PE12V15, WP17-12 ES17-12 HZB12-18, UB12180 RB12180-F2 MX-12170 BP17-12
PE12V17 HZS12-15F
PC26-12NB PS-12260 GP12260 NP24-12B SLA1146 PE12V24A, WP24-12 ES26-12 HZS12-26F UB12260 RB12260-NB MX-12240 BP26-12
PE12-23
PC33-12NB PS-12330 GP12340 LC-LA1233P NP33-12 SLA1156 U1-34 U-1/SLA HZB12-33, UB12350 RB12330 MX-12310 BP33-12F
HZS12-35F
PS12400 GP12400 LC-X1242P NP38-12 PE12V40A, WP38-12, ES40-12 HZB12-44 UB12400 RB12400 MX-12400 BP40-12
PE12-40 U1-38
PC55-12NB PS-12550 NP55-12 SLA1165 WP50-12 HZB12-55 UB12550 RB12550
2.1 2.1
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 1 1/21/19 12:51 PM
2 Elevator Traveling Cable
Type ETT-JC (Jute Core)
■
CABLE & INSTALLATION HARDWARE
Type ETT-JC (Jute Center Core) Traveling cables are designed for
Construction
1. Center Jute Core
Fibrous-plied jute center core, insulated conductors are cabled
around.
2. Insulated Conductors
2 Soft-annealed, bunched stranded, bare copper per ASTM
Standards B3 and B174. The conductors are insulated with
flame retardant 60°C polyvinyl chloride and are rated at 300
volts in accordance with the requirements of UL 62, CSA C22.2
No. 49 and the appropriate articles of the NEC and Canadian
Electrical codes. Each conductor is color and number-coded for
easy identification.
■
6. Braid
A tightly woven braid of cotton, rayon, or equivalent applied
over the core to help maintain core shape, torsion balance and
add mechanical strength.
7. Jacket
An overall jacket of polyvinyl chloride provides a smooth,
flexible, abrasion-resistant covering complying with the flame
test requirements UL 1581 and is CSA FT-1 flame rated.
■
CABLE & INSTALLATION HARDWARE
Specifications Type ETT-JC (Jute Core)
Size and Number of Components
Part 14 AWG 18 AWG 20 AWG Shld Pair Outside Diameter Weight
Number (2.08mm2) (.82mm2) 2x(.51mm2) inches mm lbs./Mft kg/km
TCJ0414 4 0.48 12.2 132 196
TCJ0418 4 0.34 8.4 69 103
TCJ0618SPL 6 0.43 10.9 96 143
TCJ1018 10 0.54 13.7 163 243
TCJ1618 16 0.64 16.3 219 326
TCJ2018 20 0.71 18 295 439
TCJ2418 24 0.73 18.5 304 452
TCJ3018 30 0.83 21 386 574
TCJ4018 40 0.92 23.4 475 707
TCJC27 3 20 2 0.92 31.2 707 1052
TCJC33SPL 3 22 4 1.23 31.2 707 1052
TCJC37 4 31 1 1.15 29.2 700 1042
TCJC38W 12 18 4 1.22 31 814 1211
TCJC45 4 39 1 0.99 25.1 639 951
TCJC45D 4 31 5 1.27 32.4 853 1269
■
TCJC51 4 45 1 1.20 30.5 757 1126
TCJC55D 4 41 5 1.39 35.3 917 1364
TCJC57 6 45 3 1.39 35.3 943 1403
TCJC59 4 49 3 1.27 32.2 912 1357
TCJC60 4 54 1 1.26 32.0 785 1168
TCJC66 4 56 3 1.33 33.8 945 1406
TCJC73 6 61 3 1.41 35.8 1076 1601
TCJC76 66 5 1.42 36.1 1017 1513
TCJC79SPL 7 64 4 1.45 36.8 1165 1734
TCJC86 4 76 3 1.49 35.3 1128 1678
TCJC96 86 5 1.42 36.2 1134 1687
2. Insulated Conductors
Soft-annealed, bunched stranded, bare copper per ASTM
Standards B3 and B174. The conductors are insulated with
flame retardant 60°C polyvinyl chloride and are rated at 300
volts in accordance with the requirements of UL 62, CSA C22.2
■
5. Fillers
Fibrous-plied jute fillers to provide the cable a circular cross-
section, enhance torsion stability, and cushion the construction
6 during flexing.
6. Braid
A tightly woven braid of cotton, rayon, or equivalent applied
over the core to help maintain core shape, torsion balance and
add mechanical strength.
7. Jacket
■
CABLE & INSTALLATION HARDWARE
Specifications Type ETT-SC (Steel Center Core)
Size and Number of Components Maximum
Part 14 AWG 18 AWG 20 AWG Shld Pair Coax 22 AWG Outside Diameter Weight Hanging Length Steel Core Diameter
Number (2.08mm2) (.82mm2) 2x(.51mm2) (.36mm2) inches mm lbs./Mft kg/km feet meters inches mm
TCS0414 4 0.56 14.4 182 271 900 274 3/32 2.4
TCS0814 8 0.68 17.3 300 446 900 274 1/8 3.2
TCS1514 15 0.91 23.1 493 734 900 274 1/8 3.2
TCS0618 6 0.49 12.4 124 185 900 274 3/32 2.4
TCS1018 10 0.56 14.2 195 290 861 262 3/32 2.4
TCS2018 20 0.71 18.2 314 467 804 245 3/32 2.4
TCS3018 30 0.82 20.8 436 649 900 274 1/8 3.2
TCS4018 40 0.92 23.4 513 763 874 266 1/8 3.2
TCS4518 45 0.93 23.6 576 857 900 274 1/8 3.2
TCS7518SPL 75 1.19 30.2 906 1348 773 236 1/8 3.2
TCSX05 3 2 1.09 27.7 549 817 900 274 5/32 4.0
TCSX14 6 2 1.10 27.9 583 868 900 274 5/32 4.0
TCSX18 8 2 1.38 25.4 483 719 900 274 5/32 4.0
TCSC20 14 3 0.94 24.0 438 652 612 187 3/32 2.4
TCSC27 4 21 1 0.95 24.1 529 787 900 274 5/32 4.0
■
TCSX28 13 2 1.34 34.0 903 1344 776 237 5/32 4.0
TCSX36 17 8 3 1.61 40.8 1419 2112 900 274 1/4 6.4
TCSC37 4 31 1 1.15 29.2 745 1109 900 274 5/32 4.0
TCSC44 14 24 3 1.33 33.8 929 1382 753 230 5/32 4.0
TCSC45D 4 31 5 1.27 32.3 931 1385 776 237 5/32 4.0
TCSC51 4 45 1 1.16 29.5 797 1240 878 268 5/32 4.0
TCSX53 4 45 1 2 1.25 31.7 754 1122 711 217 5/32 4.0
TCSC56 6 48 1 1.24 31.5 878 1307 826 252 5/32 4.0
TCSX57 4 40 6 1 1.50 38.1 1104 1643 612 187 5/32 4.0
TCSC59 4 49 3 1.22 31.0 666 991 791 241 5/32 4.0
TCSC60 7 27 13 1.54 39.1 1590 2366 900 274 1/4 6.4
TCSX61 7 27 13 1 1.64 41.6 1385 2061 900 274 1/4 6.4
TCSC64 22 30 6 1.61 40.9 1425 2120 900 274 1/4 6.4
TCSC71 6 61 2 1.42 36.1 1249 1859 614 187 5/32 4.0
TCSC74 20 38 8 1.50 38.1 1478 2199 491 150 5/32 4.0
TCSX75O 20 38 8 1 1.54 39.1 1590 2366 900 274 1/4 6.4
TCSC75 4 69 1 1.34 34.0 1090 1622 663 202 5/32 4.0
TCSX77 4 69 1 2 1.48 37.6 1141 1698 532 162 5/32 4.0
TCSX77S 4 60 6 1 1.51 38.4 1392 2071 900 274 1/4 6.4
TCSC81 8 59 7 1.55 39.4 1340 1994 524 160 5/32 4.0
TCSC90 6 80 2 1.47 37.3 1355 2016 555 169 5/32 4.0
TCSC94 12 70 6 1.65 41.9 1613 2400 900 274 1/4 6.4
TCSC96 86 5 1.42 36.1 1213 1805 576 176 5/32 4.0
TCSX48HI 6 25 8 1 1.387 35.23 1000 1488 700 213 5/32 4.0
TCSX48LO 6 25 8 1 1.48 25.9 1132 1684 700 213 1/4 6.4
TCSC18FO 6 1.12 36.1 428 637 900 274 5/32 4.0
(W/ 6 FIBER OPTICS)
2 4 Construction
1. Center Steel Support Cable
Flexible, performance rated, galvanized steel wire rope support
strand, manufactured to Military Specification MIL-W-83420.
The steel core has polyvinyl chloride insulation and a
reinforcing tightly woven braid of cotton.
3 2. Insulated Conductors (optional)
Soft-annealed, bunched stranded, bare copper per ASTM
Standards B3 and B174. The conductors are insulated with
flame retardant 60°C polyvinyl chloride and are rated at 300
volts in accordance with the requirements of UL 62, CSA C22.2
No. 49 and the appropriate articles of the NEC and Canadian
■
3. Shielded Pairs
Two insulated No. 20 AWG soft-drawn bare copper conductors,
PVC insulated, twisted with a bare drain wire. The laminated
polyester and aluminum foil tape creates 100% shield
coverage. The assembly has an overall colored PVC jacket and
rated 300V.
5 4. Coaxial Cable
RG-6, 75 ohm and 300V rated coaxial cable.
5. Fillers
Fibrous-plied jute fillers to provide the cable a circular cross
section, enhance torsion stability, and cushion the construction
during flexing.
6 6. Braid
A tightly woven braid of cotton, rayon, or equivalent is applied
over the core to help maintain core shape, torsion balance and
add mechanical strength.
7. Jacket
An overall jacket of polyvinyl chloride provides a smooth,
flexible, abrasion-resistant covering complying with the flame
7 test requirements UL 1581 and is CSA FT-1 flame rated.
■
CABLE & INSTALLATION HARDWARE
Specifications Type ETT-C (Communications)
Steel Core
Size and Number of Components Maximum
Part 18 AWG Sh Pair 20 AWG Sh Pair Coax 20 AWG Outside Diameter Weight Hanging Length Steel Core Diameter
Number (0.8mm2) 2x(.51mm2) (.36mm2) inches mm lbs./Mft kg/km feet meters inches mm
TCSCC0220SH 2 0.77 19.6 200 298 900 274 3/32 2.4
TCSCC0420SH 4 0.81 20.5 324 482 900 274 1/8 3.2
TCSCC0620SH 6 0.83 21.2 382 521.1 900 274 1/8 3.2
TCSCC0820SH 8 1.02 25.9 547 814 900 274 5/32 4.0
The data herein is approximate and subject to normal manufacturing tolerances.
These specifications subject to change without notice.
■
Shielded Pairs
Two insulated No. 20 AWG soft-annealed, bare copper
conductors are twisted with an uninsulated drain wire.
The laminated polyester and aluminum foil tape creates
a 100% shield coverage. The assembly is covered with an
overall colored PVC jacket.
Conductors: No. 20 AWG (10/.010") soft bare copper
(.51 mm2–10/.254 mm)
Nominal D.C. Resistance: 10.4 ohms/1000 ft.
(34.1 ohms/Km)
Nominal Capacitance:
Between conductors: 40 pF/ft. (131 pF/m)
Between 1 conductor and other conductor connected to
shield: 68 pF/ft. (223 pF/m)
Construction
1. Insulated Conductors
Soft-drawn, solid or stranded, bare copper per ASTM Standards
B3 and B174. The conductors are insulated with flame
retardant 60°C polyvinyl chloride and are rated at 600 volts in
accordance with the requirements of UL 62, CSA C22.2 No. 49
and the appropriate articles of the NEC and Canadian Electrical
codes. Each conductor is color and number-coded for easy
identification.
2. Shielded Pairs (optional, not shown)
Two insulated No. 20 AWG soft-drawn bare copper conductors,
PVC insulated, twisted with a bare drain wire. The laminated
■
4. Binder
High-strength synthetic fiber applied over the core to help
maintain core shape, torsion balance and add mechanical
strength.
■
CABLE & INSTALLATION HARDWARE
Stranded Hoistway–600V
Size and Number of Components
Part 14 AWG 18 AWG 20 AWG Shld Pair COAX Outside Diameter Weight
Number (2.08mm2) (.82mm2) 2x(.51mm2) inches mm lbs./Mft kg/km
HC0314 3 0.29 4.6 59 88
HC0814SPL 8 0.42 11.4 158 228
HC1414 14 0.60 15.2 222 330
HC0418 4 0.25 6.4 39 58
HC0718 7 0.35 8.1 68 101
HC1018 10 0.42 10.7 97 144
HC1418 14 0.46 11.7 135 201
HC1918 19 0.53 13.5 184 274
HC2418 24 0.63 16.0 232 345
HC3018 30 0.67 17.1 291 433
HC3718 37 0.74 18.7 358 533
HC3718SPL 37 0.74 18.7 358 553
HC4218 42 0.84 21.3 407 606
HC6118 61 0.95 24.0 591 879
■
HCC39 4 35 0.82 20.7 418 622
HCC42 14 24 2 0.96 24.4 599 891
HCC49 4 45 0.92 23.4 515 766
HCC57 4 40 6 1 1.05 26.7 606 902
HCC62 4 58 1.02 25.9 641 954
HCC71 6 61 2 1.14 28.9 786 1170
Construction
Single and Multi-paired, individually shielded per UL 2464,
AWM, CL2 and CSA 300V 80C
Insulated Conductors:
Composed of 20 AWG stranded tinned copper, insulated with
80°C semi-rigid polyvinyl chloride, shielded with polyester/
aluminum tape for 100% coverage over each pair, 22awg
stranded tinned copper drain wire under the shield
Jacket:
Outer sheath is a chrome polyvinyl chloride (PVC) that provides
a smooth, wear-resistant surface.
■
Color Codes
1 Pair = Red/White 10 Pair = Red/Blue
2 Pair = Black/White 11 Pair = Red/Yellow
3 Pair = Black/Green 12 Pair = Red/Brown
4 Pair = Black/Blue 13 Pair = Red/Orange
5 Pair = Black/Yellow 14 Pair = Green/White
6 Pair = Black/Brown 15 Pair = Green/Blue
7 Pair = Black/Orange
8 Pair = Red/White
9 Pair = Red/Green
■
CABLE & INSTALLATION HARDWARE
Compensating Cable is designed to reduce sway and provide
a dampening effect to provide for smooth operation at
temperatures between -15°C to +60°C. For use in the US, in
elevators with rated speeds of 700 ft/min (3.56 m/sec) or less. 1
Construction
1. Chain
Low-carbon, electrically-welded proof coil chain. Each link is
proof tested at two times the working load limit.
3. Jacket
A 60°C flame-retardant polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket designed
to reduce oxidation, weathering, chemical and flame resistant.
Pre-stripped Compensating Cable is available.
■
Call CED for details.
Compensating Cable
Part Cable Weight Cable Nom. O.D. Max. Hang Length Rec. Nom. Loop Width
Number lb./ft.•kg/m inches • mm feet • meters inches • mm
CC10 1.0 • 1.5 1.250 • 31.8 600 • 183 24 • 610
CC15 1.5 • 2.2 1.415 • 35.9 600 • 183 24 • 610
CC20 2.0 • 3.0 1.650 • 41.9 600 • 183 26 • 660
* Other sizes available upon request
Coaxial
CABLE & INSTALLATION HARDWARE
■
CABLE & INSTALLATION HARDWARE
Compensating Cable Installation Kits
Each installation hardware kit includes:
2 Support Brackets (includes grade 8 nut, bolts, heavy
duty cable TIE, lockwashers and hardened washers), 1
U-bolt (includes nuts and washers), 1 S-hook, 1 heavy
3M
duty grip and electrical tape
Scotch™
33+
Super Electrical
Tape
Vinyl Plastic 32 que
054007-061 isolant electri asis
Ruban vinyle
auf PVC-B
erband PVC toepassing
Elektro-Isoli in technische
Isolantetape voor elektro
Nastro plastic
■
CC40KIT CC40 SH6 024-20-1542 MMM 33+
SINGLE EYE
CLOSED MESH
CABLE & INSTALLATION HARDWARE
Part Number Part Number Cable Dia. Range Approx. Breaking Wt. Eye Length Nom. Mesh Length
Closed Mesh Split Laced inches • cm lbs • kg inches • cm inches • cm
022-01-013 022-02-013 .50 to .62 • 1.27 to 1.57 530 • 240 7 • 17.8 10 • 25.4
022-01-014 022-02-014 .63 to .74 • 1.60 to 1.88 790 • 358 8 • 20.3 10 • 25.4
022-01-015 022-02-015 .75 to .99 • 1.91 to 2.51 1020 • 463 8 • 20.3 13 • 33.0
022-01-017 022-02-017 1.00 to 1.24 • 2.54 to 3.15 1610 • 730 9 • 22.9 14 • 35.6
022-01-018 022-02-018 1.25 to 1.49 • 3.18 to 3.78 1610 • 730 10 • 25.4 15 • 38.1
SINGLE EYE
SPLIT LACED 022-01-019 022-02-019 1.50 to 1.74 • 3.81 to 4.42 1610 • 730 12 • 30.5 17 • 43.2
022-01-020 022-02-020 1.75 to 1.99 • 4.45 to 5.05 2150 • 975 14 • 35.6 19 • 48.3
022-03-020 1.75 to 1.99 • 4.45 to 5.05 2150 • 975 14 • 35.6 16.5 • 41.9
DOUBLE EYE
CLOSED MESH Double Eye Design/Single Weave–Closed Mesh & Split Laced
Part Number Part Number Cable Dia. Range Approx. Breaking Wt. Eye Length Nom. Mesh Length
Closed Mesh Split Laced inches • cm lbs • kg inches • cm inches • cm
022-01-001 022-02-001 .50 to .62 • 1.27 to 1.57 530 • 240 4 • 10.2 10 • 25.4
022-01-002 022-02-002 .63 to .74 • 1.60 to 1.88 530 • 240 4 • 10.2 10 • 25.4
022-01-003 022-02-003 .75 to .99 • 1.91 to 2.51 1020 • 463 4 • 10.2 13 • 33.0
022-01-005 022-02-005 1.00 to 1.24 • 2.54 to 3.15 1610 • 730 5 • 12.7 14 • 35.6
022-01-006 022-02-006 1.25 to 1.49 • 3.18 to 3.78 1610 • 730 5 • 12.7 15 • 38.1
DOUBLE EYE 022-01-007 022-02-007 1.50 to 1.74 • 3.81 to 4.42 1610 • 730 5 • 12.7 17 • 43.2
SPLIT MESH 022-01-008 022-02-008 1.75 to 1.99 • 4.45 to 5.05 2150 • 975 6 • 15.2 19 • 48.3
■
SINGLE EYE
■
Part Cable Dia. Range Approx. Breaking Wt. Eye Length Nom. Mesh Length
Number inches • cm lbs • kg inches • cm inches • cm
024-20-1284 .75 to .99 • 1.91 to 2.51 3100 • 1406 4 • 10.2 13 • 33.0
024-20-1285 1.00 to 1.24 • 2.54 to 3.15 4000 • 1814 4 • 10.2 14 • 35.6
024-20-1286 1.25 to 1.49 • 3.18 to 3.78 4000 • 1814 4 • 10.2 15 • 38.1
024-20-1287 1.50 to 1.74 • 3.81 to 4.42 4000 • 1814 4 • 10.2 17 • 43.2
024-20-1500 1.75 to 2.00 • 4.45 to 5.08 11000 • 4990 12 • 30.5 19 • 48.3
DOUBLE EYE
SPLIT ROD
Component Specifications
These grips are intended for mid- and high-rise installations, and could
be used as the primary hanging method for cables up to 200’ (61 meters)
in travel. Installations of over 40 stories should utilize the heavy duty double-
weave grips for back-up purposes ONLY and not as the primary hanger.
to maintain original grip set, the base of all grips should be secured with
vinyl tape.
MESH
CABLE & INSTALLATION HARDWARE
within three years of the effective PearlWeave netting, when installed vertically inside
date of this regulation. elevator hoistways, provides protection equivalent
(Title 24, Part 7, Section 7–3013.) to that of wire mesh. It replaces screening behind
traveling cables, protects counterweight frames, and
most important, protects workers working inside
of one hoistway from straying into the adjacent
hoistway or the area between counterweight rails,
thereby preventing serious injury, and even loss of
OHSA Regulations require the life.
.50 Opening
installation of screening between
adjacent elevator hoistways to PearlWeave safety netting products are lightweight,
protect workers from injury. durable and easier to use than traditional
The National Elevator Industry’s wire meshes, while exceeding their strength
Field Employee Safety Hand- characteristics. Our chemical- and mildew-resistant
book, Section 8.3, “Hoistway products, are also flame retardant, and if burned,
Screening,” requires that, “When will not emit toxins into the hoistway.
an elevator is operating in a Available in 48in. x 150ft. rolls
multiple hoistway, and construc-
tion or modernization work is
to be performed, in an adjacent
position of that multiple hoistway, Hoistway Guard Systems
that portion of the elevator
hoistway where the work is Hoistway guard systems are used to prevent round
to be performed, shall be fully and flat traveling cable from striking obstructions in
separated.” the hoistway and from crossing over into adjoining
hoistways. Their use may extend the life span and
prevent possible interference of your installed
elevator cables.
Our guarding systems are available in two sizes,
each containing 100ft x 1.5ft of 1⁄2"x 1⁄2" wire mesh,
installation hardware, and detailed installation
instructions.
Part Number Description
HGS Hardware, mesh and base mounting kit
HGS-EXT Hardware, mesh and extension mounting
kit (used to extend HGS an additional 100ft)
Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
2.16 www.cedelevator.com 2.16
■
Super Peeler
Roto-Peeler
An easy-to-use blade that allows you to lock in the required
cutting depth as to cleanly strip away the jacket, yet leave
the individual conductor insulation undisturbed. The
blade also can be positioned to allow circular, spiral and 1903
longitudinal cutting of the jacket. Designed for cable from
0.75 to 1.58 in (19 to 40 mm) in diameter.
Part Number Description Standard Packaging
1903 Roto-Peeler 1
■
SOCK SLICER
Sock Slicer
Part Number Description Standard Packaging
Sock Slicer Rotary Cutter for Traveler Sock 1
63016
3.1
■
Contactors
■
CAU6-300-EI-22-* CAU6-300-EI-22-* " 300 100 125 250 300 2 2
CAU6-420-EI-22-* CAU6-420-EI-22-* " 420 150 175 350 400 2 2
CAU6-630-EI-22-* CAU6-630-EI-22-* SIZE 6 630 200 250 500 600 2 2
CAU6-860-EI-22-* CAU6-860-EI-22-* SIZE 7 860 250 300 600 700 2 2
REVERSING CONTACTORS *Please add coil voltage when ordering.
** For additional accessory info call and speak with a salesperson.
CA7-16-M40
CONTACTOR
CA7-16-M31-* CA7-16E-M31-* 1 3 5 5 10 15 16 3 1
CA7-16-M22-* CA7-16E-M22-* 1 3 5 5 10 15 16 2 2
CA7-23-M40* CA7-23E-M40* 2 3 5 7.5 15 15 23 4 0
CA7-23-M31* CA7-23E-M31* 2 3 5 7.5 15 15 23 3 1
CA7-23-M22* CA7-23E-M22* 2 3 5 7.5 15 15 23 2 2
CA7-40-M40-* CA7-40E-M40-* 3 5 10 10 25 30 37 4 0
CA7-40-M22-* CA7-40E-M22-* 3 5 10 10 25 15 37 2 2
CA7-90-M40-* 7.5 15 25 30 60 50 85 4 0
CA7-90-M22-* 7.5 15 25 30 50 20 95 2 2
*Please add coil voltage when ordering.
Sprecher & Schuh CA9 UL/CSA Elevator Duty Rated Wye-Delta Contactors
Part Number* Inductive Maximum Horsepower Ratings Electrical Interlock
100 . . . 250VAC 250 . . . 500VDC Current Rating 3-PHASE 50/60 Hz (Aux)
Operated Operated Amps 220V 230V 460V 575V N/O N/C
CA9Y2-116-22- EI-120W-LW CA9Y2-116-22- EI-480W-LW 54 15 20 40 50 2 2
CA9Y2-146-22- EI-120W-LW CA9Y2-146-22- EI-480W-LW 54 15 20 40 50 2 2
CA9Y2-190-22- EI-120W-LW CA9Y2-190-22- EI-480W-LW 77 20 25 60 75 2 2
CA9Y2-205-22- EI-120W-LW CA9Y2-205-22- EI-480W-LW 99 30 30 75 100 2 2
CA9Y2-265-22- EI-120W-LW CA9Y2-265-22- EI-480W-LW 125 40 40 100 125 2 2
CA9Y2-305-22- EI-120W-LW CA9Y2-305-22- EI-480W-LW 149 40 50 100 150 2 2
CA9Y2-370-22- EI-120W-LW CA9Y2-370-22- EI-480W-LW 156 50 60 125 150 2 2
*Please add coil voltage when ordering.
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Electronic Overload Relays
Adjustable trip class 10, 15, 20 & 30
Part Adjustable For Use
Number Trip Range (Amps) with Contactors
CEP7-EECB 1 to 5 CA7-9 to CA7-23
CEP7-EEDB 3.2 to 16 CA7-9 to CA7-23
CEP7-EEEB 5.4 to 27 CA7-9 to CA7-23
CEP7-EEED 5.4 to 27 CA7-30 to CA7-43
CEP7-EEFD 9 to 45 CA7-30 to CA7-43
CEP7-EEFE 9 to 45 CA7-60 to CA7-85
CEP7-EEGE 18 to 90 CA7-60 to CA7-85
CEP7-EEJF 40 to 200 CA6-95 to CA6-180
*Additional sizes available
■
Adjustable trip class 10
Part Adjustable For Use
Number Trip Range (Amps) with Contactors
CT7N-23-B75 5.5 to 7.5 CA7-9 to CA7-23
CT7N-23-C10 7.2 to 10 CA7-9 to CA7-23
CT7N-23-C12 9 to 12.5 CA7-12 to CA7-23
CT7N-23-C16 11.3 to 16 CA7-16 to CA7-23
CT7N-23-C20 15 to 20 CA7-16 to CA7-23
CT7N-23-C25 21 to 25 CA7-16 to CA7-23
CT7N-37-C25 21 to 25 CA7-30 to CA7-37
CT7N-37-C30 24.5 to 30 CA7-30 to CA7-37
CT7N-37-C36 29 to 36 CA7-30 to CA7-37
CT7N-37-C38 33 to 38 CA7-37
CT7N-85-C47P 35 to 47 Separately mounted
CT7N-43-C25 17 to 25 CA7-43
CT7N-43-C36 24.5 to 36 CA7-43
CT7N-43-C47 35 to 47 CA7-43
CT7N-85-C47 35 to 47 CA7-60 to CA7-85
CT7N-85-C60 45 to 60 CA7-60 to CA7-85
CT7N-85-C60P 45 to 60 Separately mounted
CT7N-85-C75 58 to 75 CA7-85
CT7N-85-C75P 58 to 75 Separately mounted
CT7N-85-C90 72 to 90 CA7-85
CT7N-85-C90P 72 to 90 Separately mounted
Elevator Softstarters
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Replacement Parts
Fault Contactor Coils*
PCEC Assembly PCE Controller Only PCE Fans Fault Contactor 120vac 208 – 240vac
PCEC-032-600V-120V PCEC-032-600V CA7-37-00-120
PCEC-051-600V-120V PCEC-051-600V PCV-064 CA7-37-00-120 TC473 TC296
PCEC-064-600V-120V PCEC-064-600V (optional) CA7-37-00-120
PCEC-074-600V-120V PCEC-074-600V CA7-43-00-120 TD473 TD296
PCEC-104-600V-120V PCEC-104-600V PCV-147 CA7-60-00-120 TE473 TE296
PCEC-147-600V-120V PCEC-147-600V CA7-85-00-120 TE473 TE296
PCEC-234-600V-120V PCEC-234-600V PCV-234 CA6-180-EI-11-120 CA6-TGE865 CA6-TGE866
* The PCE controller’s control voltage operating range is 100–240vac.
The coil voltage of the fault contactor determines the control voltage
PCEC Aux Blocks of the PCEC assembly.
Part Number N.O. N.C.
PCS-PA-10 1 0 Dimensions
PCS-PA-01 0 1 Approx.
Controller Sizes Units Width Height Depth Weight
PCS-PA-11 1 1
32 / 51 / 64 mm 178 144 115.7 4 lbs
inch 7.01 5.67 4.56
74 / 104 / 147 mm 240 225 147.9 14 lbs
inch 9.45 8.86 5.82
Questions? Answers at… 234 mm 362 515 216.4 51 lbs
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538 inch 14.25 20.28 8.52
3.6 www.cedelevator.com 3.6
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
CS7 Control Relays
10 amp a/c, 5 amp d/c continuous
Part Number* Contacts
AC Operated DC Operated N/O N/C
CS7-22E-* CS7E-22E-* 2 2
CS7-31E-* CS7E-31E-* 3 1
CS7-40E-* CS7E-40E-* 4 0
CS7-04E-* CS7E-04E-* 0 4*
Please add coil voltage when ordering.
■
CS7-PV-11 1 1 Front
CS7-PV-20 2 0 Front
CS7-PV-02 0 2 Front
CS7-PV-22 2 2 Front 2-pole
CS7-PV-13 1 3 Front (typical)
CS7-PV-31 3 1 Front
CS7-PV-40 4 0 Front 4-pole
CS7-PV-04 0 4 Front (typical)
CA7-PA-10 1 0 Side
CA7-PA-01 0 1 Side
CA7-PA-20 2 0 Side
CA7-PA-02
CA7-PA-11
0
1
2
1
Side
Side
Pneumatic Timing Modules
Part Number Type Time Range
CA7-PA-L11 1EM 1LB Side CZE7-30 On-Delay 0.1 to 3 s
*Additional types available.
CZE7-180 On-Delay 1.8 to 180 s
CZA7-30 Off-Delay 0.1 to 3 s
CA7 Surge Suppressors CZA7-180 Off-Delay 1.8 to 180
Part Number Type Voltage Range
CRC7-48 RC Module 24–48vac
CRC7-280 RC Module 110–280vac
CRC7-480 RC Module 380–480vac
CRD7-250 Diode Module 12–240vdc
CRV7-55 Varistor Module 12–55vac
12–77vdc
CRV7-136 Varistor Module 56–136vac
78–180vdc
CRV7-277 Varistor Module 137–277vac
181–350vdc
CRV7-575 Varistor Module 278–575vac Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
3.7 www.cedelevator.com 3.7
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 7 1/21/19 12:51 PM
3 Sprecher & Schuh
CA8 & CS8
■
CA8 Contactors
Part Number* Maximum Horsepower Ratings Maximum Inductive
AC DC 1-phase 50/60 Hz 3-PHASE 50/60 Hz Current Aux
Operated Operated 115/120V 230/240V 200/208V 220/240V 460/480V 575/600V (Amps) N/O N/C
CA8-9-10-* CA8-9C-10-* 0.5 1.5 2 2 5 5 9 1 0
CA8-9-01-* CA8-9C-01-* 0.5 1.5 2 2 5 5 9 0 1
CA8-12-10-* CA8-12C-10-* 0.75 2 3 3 7.5 7.5 12 1 0
CA8-12-01-* CA8-12C-01-* 0.75 2 3 3 7.5 7.5 12 0 1
*Please add coil voltage when ordering.
Aux Blocks
■
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Part Nema Max Inductive 1-phase 50/60 Hz 3-phase 50/60 Hz Aux
Number* Equivalents Current (Amps) 115/120V 230/240V 200/208V 220/240V 460/480V 575/600V N/O N/C
LC1D09* Size 00 9 0.5 1 2 2 5 7.5 1 1
LC1D12* " 12 1 2 3 3 7.5 10 1 1
LC1D18* Size 0 18 1 3 5 5 10 15 1 1
LC1D25* Size 1 25 2 3 7.5 7.5 15 20 1 1
LC1D32* " 32 2 5 10 10 20 30 1 1
LC1D40* " 40 3 5 10 10 30 30 1 1
LC1D50* Size 2 50 3 7.5 15 15 40 40 1 1
LC1D65* " 65 5 10 20 20 50 50 1 1
LC1D80* " 80 7.5 15 25 30 60 60 1 1
LC1D115* Size 3 115 - - 30 40 75 100 0 0
LC1D150* Size 4 150 - - 40 50 100 125 0 0
*Please add coil voltage code when ordering.
DC Volts
Part Numbers 5 12 20 24 36 48 60 72 96 110 125 220 250 440
LP1D09 to D80 JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
■
LP1D115 to D150* BD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
*with built-in surge suppression
Auxiliary Contacts
Part Number N.O. N.C. Mount
LADN10 1 0 Front
LADN01 0 1 Front
LADN11 1 1 Front
LADN20 2 0 Front
LADN02 0 2 Front
LADN22 2 2 Front
LADN13 1 3 Front
LADN31 3 1 Front
LADN40 4 0 Front
LADN04 0 4 Front
LAD8N11 1 1 Side
LAD8N20 2 0 Side
LAD8N02 0 2 Side
REMOVE SIDE COVER ATTACH POWER BUS ATTACH CONTROL CIRCUIT BUS
AND ATTACH INTERLOCK
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Class 10 Bi-Metallic Overloads (2-10 sec. Trip)
Part Adjustable For Use with
Number* Trip Range (Amps) Contactors
LRD01 0.10 to 0.16 D09 to D32
LRD02 0.16 to 0.25 D09 to D32
LRD03 0.25 to 0.40 D09 to D32
LRD04 0.40 to 0.63 D09 to D32
LRD05 0.63 to 1 D09 to D32
LRD06 1 to 1.7 D09 to D32
LRD07 1.6 to 2.5 D09 to D32
LRD08 2.5 to 4 D09 to D32
LRD10 4 to 6 D09 to D32
LRD12 5.5 to 8 D09 to D32 Panel Mount Adaptors
LRD14 7 to 10 D09 to D32 Part Number* Fits Overload Type
LRD16 9 to 13 D12 to D32 LAD7B10 LRD01 to D35
LRD21 12 to 18 D18 to D32 LAD7B105 LRD15
LRD22 16 to 24 D25 to D32 LA7D1064 LR2D1
LRD32 23 to 32 D25 to D32 LA7D2064 LR2D2
LRD3322 17 to 25 D40 to D80 LA7D3064 LR2D3
LRD3353 23 to 32 D40 to D80
LRD3355 30 to 40 D40 to D80
LRD3357 37 to 50 D40 to D80
LRD3359 48 to 65 D50 to D80
LRD3361 55 to 70 D50 to D80
■
LRD3363 55 to 70 D65 to D80
LRD4365 63 to 80 D115 to D150
LRD4367 95 to 120 D115 to D150
LRD4369 110 to 140 D150
Control Relays
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
D-Line Relays
Part Number* N.O. N.C.
CAD50* 5 0
CAD32* 3 2
*Please add coil voltage code
when ordering.
K-Line Relays
Part Number* N.O. N.C. Coil Type
CA2KN40* 4 0 AC
CA2KN31* 3 1 AC
CA2KN22* 2 2 AC
CA3KN40* 4 0 DC
CA3KN31* 3 1 DC
Auxiliary Contacts
Part Number N.O. N.C. Mount
CA3KN22* 2 2 DC
LADN10 1 0 Front
*Please add coil voltage code when ordering.
LADN01 0 1 Front
■
LADN11 1 1 Front
Auxiliary Contacts LADN20
LADN02
2
0
0
2
Front
Front
Part Number* N.O. N.C.
LADN22 2 2 Front
LA1KN11 1 1
LADN13 1 3 Front
LA1KN20 2 0
LADN31 3 1 Front
LA1KN02 0 2
LADN40 4 0 Front
LA1KN22 2 2
LADN04 0 4 Front
LA1KN13 1 3
LAD8N11 1 1 Side
LA1KN31 3 1
LAD8N20 2 0 Side
LA1KN40 4 0
LAD8N02 0 2 Side
LA1KN04 0 4
■
Contactors
■
CK08CA311* " 75 125 135 150 185 1 1
CK85BA311* " 88 150 170 180 205 1 1
*Please add coil voltage code when ordering.
Overload Relays
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Series C-2000 Control Relays - 10 amp a/c, 5 amp d/c continuous
Part Number
AC Operated DC Operated N/O N/CRT1N 8 to 12 CL00, *Ad
RL4RA022T* RL4RD022T* 2 2
RL4RA031T* RL4RD031T* 3 1
RL4RA040T* RL4RD040T* 4 0
RL4RA004T* RL4RD004T* 0 4
*Please add coil voltage suffix when ordering.
Coil Suffix
Part Number AC DC
24 1
48 F
120 J
208 L
240 S
480 U
12 B
24 D
48 G
125 K
250 T
■
Series C-2000 Aux Blocks
Part Number N/O N/C Mount to 12Ad
BCLF10 1 0 Front
BCLF01 0 1 Front
BCLL11 1 1 Side
BCLL20 2 0 Side
BRLL20 2 0 Side, CK contactors
BRLL11 1 1 Side, CK contactors
BRLL02 0 2 Side, CK contactors
*Please add coil voltage suffix when ordering.
Contactors
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Sirius Reversing Contactors
Maximum Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Part Number* Nema Inductive 3-phase 50/60 Hz Aux
AC Operated Equivalents Current Amps 200/208V 220/240V 460/480V 575/600V N/O N/C
3RA2323-8XB30-1A* Size 00 9 3 3 5 7.5 2 2
3RA2324-8XB30-1A* " 12 3 3 7.5 10 2 2
3RA2325-8XB30-1A* Size 0 17 5 5 10 15 2 2
3RA2326-8XB30-1A* Size 1 25 5 7.5 15 15 2 2
3RA2334-8XB30-1A* " 32 10 10 20 25 2 2
3RA2335-8XB30-1A* " 40 10 10 25 25 2 2
3RA2344-8XB30-1A* Size 2 65 15 15 30 40 2 2
3RA2345-8XB30-1A* " 80 20 20 40 50 2 2
3RA2346-8XB30-1A* Size 3 95 20 25 50 60 2 2
*Please add coil voltage code when ordering.
■
Part Number N/O N/C Mount to 12Ad
3RH2911-1HA11 1 1 Front, sizes S0-S2
3RH2911-1HA22 2 2 Front, sizes S0-S2
3RH2911-1HA31 3 1 Front, sizes S0-S2
3RH2911-1HA22 2 2 Front, sizes S0-S12
3RH2921-1DA20 2 0 Side, sizes S0-S2
3RH2921-1DA11 1 1 Side, sizes S0-S2
3RH2921-1EA11 1 1 Side, sizes S3-S12
*Additional types available.
Coil Suffix
Voltage AC
110-120 K6
220-240 P6
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Max Inductive 3-phase 50/60 Hz
Part Number* Nema Sizes Current (Amps) 200/208V 220/240V 460/480V 575/600V
40BG32A Size 00 9 11⁄2 11⁄2 2 2
40CP32A Size 0 18 3 3 5 5
40DP32A Size 1 27 71⁄2 71⁄2 10 10
40EP32A Size 13⁄4 40 10 10 15 15
40FP32A Size 2 45 10 15 25 25
40GP32A Size 21⁄2 60 15 20 30 30
40HP32A Size 3 90 20 30 50 50
40IP32A Size 31⁄2 115 30 40 75 75
40JG32A Size 4 135 40 50 100 100
40KG32A Size 41⁄2 210 50 75 150 150
40LG32A Size 5 270 75 100 200 200
40MG32A Size 6 540 150 200 400 400
40NG32A Size 7 810 300 600 600
40PG32A Size 8 1215 450 900 900
*Please add coil voltage code when ordering.
■
110-120 / 220-240 A
200-208 D
220-240 G
277 L
ESP200 Electronic Overload Relays 220-240 / 440-480 C
Part Number Adjustable Trip Range (Amps)
440-480 H
48ATC3S00 3 to 20
550-600 E
48ATE3S00 10 to 40
48BTG3S00 25 to 100
48BTH3S00 50 to 200
*Additional sizes available
■
CA7-9-10-120 CA3-9-10-120-N0 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. CL00A311TJ 3TF4022-0A No Aux Blocks
■
CA7-30-00-120 CA3-30-10-120-N0 CR7CFA CL04A311MJ* 3TF4422-0AK6 3RT1033-1AK60
CA7-30-00-120 CA3-30-01-120-N0 CR7CFA CL04A311MJ* 3TF4422-0AK6 3RT1033-1AK60
CA7-30-00-220W CA3-30-10-208-N0 CR7CFE CL04A311ML* 3TF4422-0AM2 3RT1033-1AM20
CA7-30-00-220W CA3-30-01-208-N0 CR7CFE CL04A311ML* 3TF4422-0AM2 3RT1033-1AM20
CA7-30-00-220W CA3-30-10-220-N0 CR7CFB CL04A311MS* 3TF4422-0AP6 3RT1033-1AN20
CA7-30-00-220W CA3-30-01-220-N0 CR7CFB CL04A311MS* 3TF4422-0AP6 3RT1033-1AN20
CA7-30-00-480 CA3-30-10-480-N0 CR7CFC CL04A311MU* 3TF4422-0AV0 3RT1033-1AV60
CA7-30-00-480 CA3-30-01-480-N0 CR7CFC CL04A311MU* 3TF4422-0AV0 3RT1033-1AV60
CA7-37-00-120 CA3-37-120-N0 CR7CGA CL45A311MJ* 3TF4522-0AK6 3RT1034-1AK60
CA7-37-00-220W CA3-37-208-N0 CR7CGE CL45A311ML* 3TF4522-0AM2 3RT1034-1AM20
CA7-37-00-220W CA3-37-220-N0 CR7CGB CL45A311MS* 3TF4522-0AP6 3RT1034-1AN20
CA7-37-00-480 CA3-37-480-N0 CR7CGC CL45A311MU* 3TF4522-0AV0 3RT1034-1AV60
CA7-43-00-120 CA3-43-120-N0 CR7CHA CL06A311MJ* 3TF4622-0AK6 3RT1035-1AK60
CA7-43-00-220W CA3-43-208-N0 CR7CHE CL06A311ML* 3TF4622-0AM2 3RT1035-1AM20
CA7-43-00-220W CA3-43-220-N0 CR7CHB CL06A311MS* 3TF4622-0AP6 3RT1035-1AN20
CA7-43-00-480 CA3-43-480-N0 CR7CHC CL06A311MU* 3TF4622-0AV0 3RT1035-1AV60
CA7-60-00-120 CA3-60-120-N0 CR7CJA CL07A311MJ* 3TF4722-0AK6 3RT1036-1AK60
CA7-60-00-220W CA3-60-208-N0 CR7CJE CL07A311ML* 3TF4722-0AM2 3RT1036-1AM20
CA7-60-00-220W CA3-60-220-N0 CR7CJB CL07A311MS* 3TF4722-0AP6 3RT1036-1AN20
CA7-60-00-480 CA3-60-480-N0 CR7CJC CL07A311MU* 3TF4722-0AV0 3RT1036-1AV60
CA7-72-00-120 CA3-72-120-N0 CR7CKA CL08A311MJ 3RT1044-1AK60
CA7-72-00-220W CA3-72-208-N0 CR7CKE CL08A311ML 3RT1044-1AM20
CA7-72-00-220W CA3-72-220-N0 CR7CKB CL08A311MS 3RT1044-1AN20
CA7-72-00-480 CA3-72-480-N0 CR7CKC CL08A311MU 3RT1044-1AV60
CA7-85-00-120 CL09A311MJ 3TF4822-0AK6 3RT1045-1AK60
CA7-85-00-220W CL09A311ML 3TF4822-0AM2 3RT1045-1AM20
CA7-85-00-220W CL09A311MS 3TF4822-0AP6 3RT1045-1AN20
CA7-85-00-480 CL09A311MU 3TF4822-0AV0 3RT1045-1AV60
CA6-105-EI-11-120 CA1-60-120-N0 CA5F2A22110B CL10A311MJ 3TF5022-0AK6
CA6-105-EI-11-208 CA1-60-208-N0 CA5F2A22208S CL10A311ML 3TF5022-0AM2
CA6-105-EI-11-220 CA1-60-220-N0 CA5F2A22220B CL10A311MS 3TF5022-0AP6
CA6-105-EI-11-480 CA1-60-480-N0 CA5F2A22480S CL10A311MU 3TF5022-0AV0
CA6-140-EI-11-120 CA1-100-120-N0 CA5F3A22110B CK75CE311J 3TF5122-0AK6 3RT1055-6AF36
CA6-140-EI-11-208 CA1-100-208-N0 CA5F3A22208S CK75CE311L 3TF5122-0AM2 3RT1055-6AM36
CA6-140-EI-11-220 CA1-100-220-N0 CA5F3A22220B CK75CE311N 3TF5122-0AP6 3RT1055-6AM36
CA6-140-EI-11-480 CA1-100-480-N0 CA5F3A22480S CK75CE311Y 3TF5122-0AV0 3RT1055-6AR36
Note:
* If you are using an S&S contactor to replace this G.E. contactor in an applica- Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
3.21
tion where the motor voltage is 208 VAC, go up one size on the S&S contactor.
3.21 www.cedelevator.com
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
ABB AF Series 3-Pole Contactors with 100...250V AC/DC electronic coils
(other coil voltages available, see table)
Maximum Horsepower Ratings Maximum
3-Phase 50/60 Hz Inductive Aux
Part Number 200/208V 220/240V 440/480V 550/600V (Amps) N/O N/C
AF09-30-10-13 2 2 5 7.5 9 1 0
AF09-30-01-13 2 2 5 7.5 9 0 1
AF12-30-10-13 3 3 7.5 10 12 1 0
AF12-30-01-13 3 3 7.5 10 12 0 1
AF16-30-10-13 5 5 10 15 16 1 0
AF16-30-01-13 5 5 10 15 16 0 1
AF26-30-10-13 7.5 7.5 15 20 26 1 0
AF26-30-01-13 7.5 7.5 15 20 26 0 1
AF30-30-10-13 10 10 20 25 30 1 0
AF30-30-01-13 10 10 20 25 30 0 1
AF38-30-10-13 10 10 20 25 38 1 0
AF38-30-01-13 10 10 20 25 38 0 1
AF40-30-11-13 10 15 30 10 40 1 1
AF52-30-11-13 15 20 40 50 52 1 1
AF65-30-11-13 20 25 50 60 65 1 1
AF80-30-11-13 25 30 60 75 80 1 1
AF96-30-11-13 30 30 60 75 96 1 1
AF116-30-11-13 30 40 75 100 116 1 1
AF146-30-11-13 40 50 100 125 146 1 1
■
AF190-30-11-13 50 60 125 150 190 1 1
AF205-30-11-13 60 75 150 200 205 1 1
AF265-30-11-13 75 100 200 250 265 1 1
AF305-30-11-13 100 125 250 300 305 1 1
AF370-30-11-13 125 150 300 350 370 1 1
AF400-30-11-13 125 150 350 400 400 1 1
AF460-30-11-13 150 200 400 500 460 1 1
AF580-30-11-13 200 250 500 600 580 1 1
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
ABB AF Series Reversing Contactors with 100...250V AC/DC electronic coils
(other coil voltages available, see table)
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Inductive Wye-Delta Connected - 6 Wire
Current * Supplied as a Reversing contactor, remove
Part Number Rating Line Connected - 3 Wire the load side power connector for wye-delta use Aux
AC Amps 3-Phase 50/60 Hz 3-Phase 50/60 Hz
Operated (3-Wire) 220V 230V 460V 575V 220V 230V 460V 575V N/O N/C
AF09R-30-22-13 9 2 2 5 7.5 5 5 10 10 2 2
AF12R-30-22-13 12 3 3 7.5 10 5 7.5 15 15 2 2
AF16R-22-30-13 16 5 5 10 15 7.5 10 20 20 2 2
AF26R-30-22-13 23 7.5 7.5 15 20 7.5 10 25 25 2 2
AF30R-230-22-13 30 10 10 20 25 10 15 30 30 2 2
AF38R-30-22-13 38 10 10 20 25 15 20 40 40 2 2
AF40R-30-22-13 40 10 15 30 10 20 25 50 50 2 2
AF52R-30-22-13 52 15 20 40 50 25 30 60 60 2 2
AF65R-30-22-13 65 20 25 50 60 30 40 75 75 2 2
AF80R-30-22-13 80 25 30 60 75 40 50 100 100 2 2
AF96R-30-22-13 96 30 30 60 75 50 60 125 125 2 2
■
Voltage Range Voltage Code
24…60 41
48…130 12
200…500 14
Auxiliary Contacts
Part Terminal Marking
Number N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.
CAL16-11A 1 1 13,14 21, 22
CAL16-11B 1 1 43, 44 31, 32
CAL16-11C 1 1 53, 54 61, 62
■
ABB Type DA 60amp Drive Contactors - for use with solid state drives
2 & 3 Pole - 500V H.O. Ratings with 160V H.C. Dynamic Breaking Rating
Maximum Amp Ratings
N.C. Contact 2-Pole (N.O.) 3-Pole (2 N.O. & 1 N.C.
Auxilliary Contacts Auxilliary Contacts
Included Included
Make Brake
300 VDC 160 VDC N.O. N.C. Part Number Part Number
90 55 2 1 DA75-21-21-84
1 1 DA75-20-11-84
DA SeriesAuxiliary Contacts
Part
Number N.O. N.C.
CA5-10
CA5-01
1
0
0
1
3 Pole - 500V H.O. Ratings with 300V H.C. Dynamic Breaking Rating
Maximum Amp Ratings
CAL5-11 1 1 N.C. Contact 3-Pole (2 N.O. & 1 N.C.
Auxilliary Contacts Auxilliary Contacts
Included Included
Make Brake
300 VDC 160 VDC N.O. N.C. Part Number
90 55 1 1 DA75-21A-11-84
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Item Description Definite Purpose replacement contactors
CED Item # Obsolete Fumas Figure
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 2-POLE 20 AMP (30A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL 8910DP12V02 41NB20AFM A
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 2-POLE 25 AMP (35 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL 8910DPA22V02 42BE35AF A
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 25 AMP (35 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL
Item Description 8910DPA23V02
CED Item # 41NB30AFM
Obsolete Furnas B
Figure
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 4-POLE 25CONTACTOR,
DEFINITE PURPOSE AMP (35 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC
2-POLE 20 AMP (30ACOIL
RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL8910DPA24V02
8910DP12V02 42BE25AF
41NB20AFM AC
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 2-POLE 30CONTACTOR,
DEFINITE PURPOSE AMP (40 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC
2-POLE 25 AMP (35 ACOIL
RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL8910DPA32V02
8910DPA22V0242CE15AF
42BE35AF AD
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 30CONTACTOR,
DEFINITE PURPOSE AMP (40 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC
3-POLE 25 AMP (35 ACOIL
RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL8910DPA33V02
8910DPA23V0242CE35AF
41NB30AFM BE
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 30CONTACTOR,
DEFINITE PURPOSE AMP (40 A RESISTIVE), 208/240V
4-POLE 25 AMP COIL
(35 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL8910DPA33V09
8910DPA24V0242CE35AG
42BE25AF CE
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 30CONTACTOR,
DEFINITE PURPOSE AMP (40 A RESISTIVE), 24VAC
2-POLE 30 AMP (40COIL
A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL8910DPA33V14
8910DPA32V0242CE35AJ
42CE15AF DE
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 30 AMP (40
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 4-POLE 30 AMP (40 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL 8910DPA33V02
8910DPA34V02 42CE35AF
42CE25AF EF
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 30 AMP (40 A
D DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 40 AMP (50 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL RESISTIVE), 208/240V COIL 8910DPA33V09
8910DPA43V02 42CE35AG
42DE35AF EG
DEFINITE PURPOSE
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 40CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 30 AMP
AMP (50 A RESISTIVE), (40 A RESISTIVE),
208/240V COIL 24VAC COIL 8910DPA43V09
8910DPA33V1442DE35AG
42CE35AJ EG
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 4-POLE 30 AMP (40
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 40 AMP (50 A RESISTIVE), 24VAC COIL A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL 8910DPA34V02
8910DPA43V14 42CE25AF
42DE35AJ FG
D DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 40 AMP (50
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 4-POLE 40 AMP (50 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL 8910DPA43V02
8910DPA44V02 42DE35AF GH
DEFINITE PURPOSE
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 50CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 40 AMP
AMP (62 A RESISTIVE), (50COIL
24VAC A RESISTIVE), 208/240V COIL 8910DPA43V0942EE35AJ
8910DPA53V02 42DE35AG GI
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 40 AMP (50
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 60 AMP (75 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL A RESISTIVE), 24VAC COIL 8910DPA43V14
8910DPA63V02 42DE35AJ
42FE35AF GJ
DEFINITE PURPOSE
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 60CONTACTOR, 4-POLE 40 AMP
AMP (75 A RESISTIVE), (50 A RESISTIVE),
208/240V COIL 120VAC COIL8910DPA63V09
8910DPA44V0242FE35AG HJ
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 50 AMP (62 A RESISTIVE), 24VAC COIL 8910DPA53V02 42EE35AJ I
* Additional sizes and coil voltages are available on request
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 60 AMP (75 A RESISTIVE), 120VAC COIL 8910DPA63V02 42FE35AF J
DEFINITE PURPOSE CONTACTOR, 3-POLE 60 AMP (75 A RESISTIVE), 208/240V COIL 8910DPA63V09 42FE35AG J
* Additional sizes and coil voltages are available on request
■
CED Dover Dover Mont- Westing- Mag. Coil PRD PR P&B MSD
Part Number Number Print gomery house Contacts Blowout Number Number Number Number Number
■
502868-024
0PR2PDTB24AC DPDT YES 24AC PRD11AH024
0PR2PDT120AC 9713207, 71922 19238, 55045, H3088H017 DPDT 120AC PRD60438 PR2709, PRD11AY0120 W199AX-14
9741082 511541, PR2678,
502868-120 PR2735
0PR2PDTA120AC 9755240 75524 DPDT 120AC PRD60444 PR11AL5
w/AUX
0PR2PDTB120AC 55646, DPDT YES 120AC PRD11AH0120 W199ABX-14
514198-120
0PR2PDT240AC 9713219 22419, H3088H011, DPDT 240AC PRD11AY0240
502868-240 H3088H014
0PR2PDTB240AC H3088H012 DPDT YES 240AC PRD11AH0240
OPR2PDT12DC DPDT 12DC PRD11DY012
OPR2PDTB12DC 9776357, 112635, 504646-012 DPDT YES 12DC PRD604351, PRD11DH012 199BX-12
9742918 147053 PRD608531
OPR2PDT24DC 9705533, 100555, 502823-024 DPDT 24DC PRD60403, PR11DY PRD11DY024 W199X-13
9768269 76826 PRD60401
OPR2PDTB24DC 9742920 142920 DPDT YES 24DC PRD60807 PRD11DH024 199BX-8
OPR2PDT48DC 9768993 76899 502823-048 DPDT 48DC PRD60394 PR80032, PRD11DY048 199X-18
PR3845
OPR2PDTB48DC 9769043 76900 511099-048 DPDT YES 48DC PRD60395, PR3946 PRD11DH048 199BX-18
PRD60394
OPR2PDT110DC 9713360, 72015, H3088H06 DPDT 110DC PRD60398 PR2959, PRD11DY0110 W199X-14
9741124, 72765, PR2782,
9741150 72762 PR27863
OPR2PDTB110DC 9720121, 109149 DPDT YES 110DC PRD60816, PRD11DH0110 W199BX-14
9809144 PRD60521
OPR2PDT230DC DPDT 230DC PRD11DY0230
OPR2PDTB230DC DPDT YES 230DC PRD11DH0230
OPR1PSTB24DC SPST YES 24DC 199DBX-3
OPR4PDT24AC 500943-024 4PDT 24AC PM17AY24
OPR4PDT120AC 500943-120 4PDT 120AC PM17AY120
OPR4PDT208AC 500943-208 4PDT 208AC PM17AY208
OPR4PDT240AC 9713050 500943-240 4PDT 240AC PM17AY240
OPR4PDT110DC 4PDT 110DC PM17DY110
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Miniature Series
Contact Coil Features OMRON IDEC Schneider
Config Voltage Electric
1PDT 12DC LED & Push Button
1PDT 24DC LED RH1B-ULDC24V
1PDT 24DC LED & Push Button RPM12BD
1PDT 24AC LED & Push Button RPM12B7
1PDT 120AC LED RH1B-ULAC120V
1PDT 120AC LED & Push Button RPM12F7
1PDT 240AC LED & Push Button RPM12P7
1PDT BASE SH1B-05
1PDT BASE Finger Safe Terminals RPZF1
2PDT 12DC Suppressor Diode LY2D-DC12
2PDT 24DC Narrow base RY2S-UDC24V
2PDT 24DC RH2B-UDC24V
2PDT 24DC LED RH2B-ULDC24V RPM23BD
2PDT 24DC LED & Test Button RPM22BD
2PDT 12DC Suppressor Diode LY2D-DC12
2PDT 24DC Suppressor Diode LY2D-DC24 Manufacturer
2PDT 48DC LED RPM23ED
2PDT 110DC LED RH2B-UL-DC100/110V Cross Reference
2PDT 110DC LED & Test Button RPM22FD Manfacturer Series
2PDT 110DC Suppressor Diode LY2D-DC100/110 Allen-Bradley 700-HF32
2PDT 24AC LED RPM23B7 Aromat HL2
2PDT 24AC LED & Test Button RPM22B7 Cutler-Hammer MP2B
2PDT 120AC Narrow base RY2S-UAC120V Idec RH2B
■
2PDT 120AC RH2B-UAC110-120V Line Electric SRT
2PDT 120AC LED & Test Button RPM22F7 Midtex 258
2PDT 240AC LED & Test Button RPM22P7 Omron* LY2
2PDT 24DC LED RH2B-ULDC24V RPM23BD P&B* K10
2PDT 48DC LED RH2B-ULDC48V RPM23ED
Square D 8501-RS42
2PDT 110DC LED RH2B-ULDC100-110V RPM23FD
2PDT 24AC LED RH2B-ULAC24V RPM23B7 Struthers-Dunn C281XBX
2PDT 120AC LED RH2B-ULAC110-120V RPM23F7 Schneider* RPM
2PDT 240AC LED RH2B-ULAC220-240V RPM23P7 * Stock brands
2PDT BASE SH2B-05 70-459-1
2PDT BASE Finger Safe Terminals RPZF2
3PDT 24DC LY3-DC24
3PDT 24DC LED LY3N-DC24
3PDT BASE Finger Safe Terminals RPZF3
4PDT 24DC LED RH4B-ULDC24V
4PDT 110DC LED RH4B-ULDC110V
4PDT 110DC LED & Test Button RPM41FD
4PDT 120AC LY4-AC120 RPM42F7
4PDT 120AC LED LY4N-AC110/120 RPM43F7
4PDT BASE Finger Safe Terminals RPZF4
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Octal Base Series
Contact Coil Basic With LED
Config Voltage Relay & Push Button
DPDT 6AC GPO2PDT6AC GPO2PDTLPB6AC
DPDT 12AC GPO2PDT12AC GPO2PDTLPB12AC
DPDT 24AC GPO2PDT24AC GPO2PDTLPB24AC
DPDT 120AC GPO2PDT120AC GPO2PDTLPB120AC
DPDT 240AC GPO2PDT240AC GPO2PDTLPB240AC
DPDT 6DC GPO2PDT6DC GPO2PDTLPB6DC
DPDT 12DC GPO2PDT12DC GPO2PDTLPB12DC
DPDT 24DC GPO2PDT24DC GPO2PDTLPB24DC
DPDT 48DC GPO2PDT48DC GPO2PDTLPB48DC
DPDT 110DC GPO2PDT110DC GPO2PDTLPB110DC
3PDT 6AC GPO3PDT6AC GPO3PDTLPB6AC
3PDT 12AC GPO3PDT12AC GPO3PDTLPB12AC
3PDT 24AC GPO3PDT24AC GPO3PDTLPB24AC
3PDT 120AC GPO3PDT120AC GPO3PDTLPB120AC
3PDT 240AC GPO3PDT240AC GPO3PDTLPB240AC
3PDT 6DC GPO3PDT6DC GPO3PDTLPB6DC
3PDT 12DC GPO3PDT12DC GPO3PDTLPB12DC Manufacturer Cross Reference
3PDT 24DC GPO3PDT24DC GPO3PDTLPB24DC Manfacturer Series DPDT 3PDT
3PDT 48DC GPO3PDT48DC GPO3PDTLPB48DC Allen-Bradley 700-HA32 700-HA33
3PDT 110DC GPO3PDT110DC GPO3PDTLPB110DC Cutler-Hammer MR2P MR3P
Idec RR2P RR3PA
■
Line Electric MKH2C MKH3C
Midtex 158-92
Omron MK2P MK3P
OEM Cross Reference P&B KRPA11 KRPA14
Part Armor Montgomery Otis
Square D 8501-KP12 8501-KP13
Number Number Number Number
Struthers-Dunn A314XBX A314XCX
GPO1PDT24AC 11350-01 VP-840005
Schneider* RUMC2 RUMC3
GPO2PDT24DC 11341-01
Finder* 60.12 60.13
GPO1PDT24DC 11344-01
* Stock brands
GPO2PDT6AC 11345-01
11347-01
12526-01
GPO2PDT110DC 12574-01
GPO2PDT240AC 12520-01
GPO3PDT240AC 502835-240
SIDE
OVERHEAD
SIDE SIDE
OVERHEAD OVERHEAD
■
CONTACTORS, STARTERS, RELAYS & TIMERS
Manufacturer Part Number Description
Line Electric RL6880 Latching, DPDT Dual 240VAC Coil, Enclosed, Dover 9860095
Line Electric RL6947 Latching, Dual Coil 115VDC, Open, Dover 9753047, P&B KB1228
Line Electric 1223A120VAC 3PDT, Replaces Guardian 1220-3C-12, A410-361341-01 3PDT,
A410-361341-00, A410-361344-00, A410-365633-15
Line Electric RL5538 Latching, Dual 120VAC Coil, Enclosed
S-D A275KXX91-120VAC Reversing Contactor, 120VAC Coils
S-D A575KXX90-48VDC Reversing Contactor, 48VDC Coils
Omron G7J4ATW1AC100120 4N.O. 120 VAAC (Replaces Obsolete Aromat VC15-4A-AC120V)
Omron G7J3A1BTW1AC100120 3N.O. 1N.C. 120VAC (Replaces Obsolete Aromat VC15-3A1B-AC120V)
Omron G7J2A2BTW1AC100120 2N.O. 2N.C. 120V w/ P.B. (Replaces Obsolete Aromat VC15-2A2B-AC120V-H8)
Omron G7J3A1BBW1AC100120 3N.O. 1N.C. 120VAC, Screw Terminals (Replaces obsolete Aromat
(VC15S-3A1B-AC120V)
Line Electric AHTR3A120 3PDT, 120VAC Coil, 1.85k Ohm
Line Electric AHTR3D110 3PDT, 110VDC Coil, 10k Ohm
Omron LY2D-DC12 DPDT with Diode Surge Suppression on Coil, Dover 9783295
Omron LY2D-DC24 DPDT with Diode Surge Suppression on Coil, Dover 9783398
Omron MY4N-D2-DC100/110(S) 4PDT with Diode Surge Suppression on Coil, Dover 9811060
Omron MY4N-D2-DC24(S) 4PDT with Diode Surge Suppression on Coil, Dover 9791061
Omron LY4-AC110/120 4PDT 120AC Coil, 10 AMP
Omron LY4N-AC110/120 4PDT 120AC Coil w/LED, 10 AMP
■
OPEN STYLE, DUAL COIL LATCHING 1223A120VAC A275 CONTACTORS ENCLOSED, DUAL COIL LATCHING
VC15 RELAY 4PDT 10AMP RELAY DPDT WITH DIODE SURGE 4PDT WITH DIODE SURGE
SUPPRESSION ON COIL SUPPRESSION ON COIL
Item Type Key Feature Manufacturer Part Number Voltage Range Contacts
A plug in, socket mounted single voltage range Time Mark 258B 160V - 240V SPDT
B plug in, socket mounted single voltage range Time Mark A258B 380V-480V SPDT
C plug in, socket mounted single voltage range Time Mark B258B 85V - 120V SPDT
D plug in, socket mounted universal voltage range Diversifield Electronics SLU-0201 200V - 500V SPDT
E DIN rail mount * highest level of protection SSAC DLMUBRAAA 200V - 480V SPDT & NO
E DIN rail mount * highest level of protection SSAC DLMHBRAAA 500V - 600V SPDT & NO
F DIN rail mount narrow package (22.5mm) Omron K8AKPM1200240VAC 200V - 240V 2X SPDT
F DIN rail mount narrow package (22.5mm) Omron K8AKPM2380480VAC 380V - 480V 2X SPDT
* Stock brands
■
■
Form Type Manufacturer Part # Voltage range Function Timing Range Controls Contacts
A Plug in, 14 pin ice cube Omron H3YN2-AC100120 100-120vac On delay, Interval, 0.1s ~ 10min knob control & DPDT (5 amp)
■
24-48vdc Star-Delta, Impulse pots
(on & off), Flasher (on & off)
I DIN rail mounted ABB 1SVR730100R3100 24-48vdc On delay 0.05s ~ 300hrs recessed screw SPDT (4 amp)
24-240vac
J Panel mount, cube type SSAC TDU3000A 24-120v ac/dc On delay 1s ~ 1023s DIP switches 1NO (1 amp)
J Panel mount, cube type SSAC TDUL3000A 24-120v ac/dc On delay 1s ~ 102.3s DIP switches 1NO (1 amp)
K Panel mount, cube type Artisan 438USA 19-288v ac/dc On delay 1s ~ 1024s DIP switches 1NO (1 amp)
L Panel mount, cube type ICM (Omnetics) MMS110DIZ10A 110vdc On delay 10s resistor or external1NO
potentiomer 20mA - 1 amp
L Panel mount, cube type ICM (Omnetics) MMS110D5Z1A 110vdc On delay 1s resistor or external1NO
potentiomer 20mA - 1 amp
L Panel mount, cube type ICM (Omnetics) MMS115A5Y1A 115vac On delay 1s resistor or external1NO
potentiomer 20mA - 1 amp
L Panel mount, cube type ICM (Omnetics) MMS115A5Z120A 115vac On delay 120s resistor or external1NO
potentiomer 20mA - 1 amp
M Panel mount, cube type ICM (Omnetics) MMS115AZ480B 115vac On delay 480s resistor or external1NO
potentiomer 20mA - 1 amp
N Panel mount Omron H5L-A 100-240vac Programable 24hr x 7days weekly timer push button 2x SPST-NO
DIN rail mount 24 on/off operations 00:00 ~ 23:59
divisible by 1 min
In this Section
GAL MOVFR Closed Loop Operators . . . 4.2
GAL MOVFE Linear Operators . . . . . . . . . 4.2
GAL Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . 4.3-4.7
Replacement Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8-4.12
MAC/Columbia Door Operators . 4.13-4.14
MAC/Columbia Replacement Parts . . . 4.15
Door Gibs and Fire Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16
Spirators and Door Bumpers . . . . . . . . . 4.17
ECI Door Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18
Door Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
4.1 4.1
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 1 1/21/19 12:51 PM
4 Door Operators
GAL MOVFR - Closed Loop Operators
■
MOVFR
GAL MOVFE Linear Door Operators
• Extremely quiet operation
´ Double feedback, closed loop system
• Quick and easy to install
• Completed door operators installed on headers in
the following sizes: 36" and 42" LH/RH Side Slide,
42" Center Parting
MOVFE LINEAR DOOR OPERATOR • Hall side door hangars and interlock assemblies in
stock for matching door operator sizes
• Call CED for any other door opening size or setup
■
■
DOOR OPERATORS & REPLACEMENT PARTS
Contact Assemblies
Part Number Description
INT1H-0024R Contact assembly for MO interlock, RH, complete;
includes canvas/phenolic insulator
INT1H-0024L Contact assembly for MO/MOCP interlock, LH, complete;
includes insulator; use with RH contact assembly
INT2H-0018R Contact assembly for MOCP interlock, RH, complete;
includes canvas/phenolic insulator
INT1H-0036R MO contact kit, RH; includes one each:
contact assembly, MO keeper bridging block,
canvas/phenolic insulator and mounting screws
INT1H-0036L MO/MOCP contact kit, LH; includes one each:
contact assembly, MO keeper bridging block,
canvas/phenolic insulator & mounting screws;
use with RH contact kit
INT2H-0017R MOCP contact kit, RH; includes one each: contact
assembly, MO keeper bridging block,
canvas/phenolic insulator and mounting screws
INT2H-0018R INT1H-0036L
■
INT1H-0036R
INT1H-0024R
Interlock Kits
Part Number Description
INT1H-0002L MOH interlock kit, LH; includes one each:
witch housing, keeper assembly, lower linkage, and
horizontal release assembly.
INT1H-0002R MOH interlock kit, RH; includes one each:
switch housing, keeper assembly, lower linkage,
upper linkage, and MOH horizontal release assembly.
INT1H-0026N
MO Keeper
Part Number Description
INT1H-0016R MO keeper assembly, RH; includes cast iron mounting
INT1H-0017N base, brass keeper, keeper bridging block contact
INT1H-0018N INT1H-0016L MO keeper assembly, LH; same as above
INT1H-0017N MO keeper bridging block contact
MO adjustable linkage kit;
INT1H-0026N MO lower linkage; includes snap link pin & lower bushing
INT1H-0018N MO upper linkage; includes snap link pin & retainer clip
GAL Jumpers
Part Number Description
INT1H-0035N “Tomahawk” with MO jumper head
INT1H-0035N
& 101⁄2” long looped handle
INT5-0029N Double-barrel contact head
INT5-0042N Combination MO jumper head
does the job of both jumpers above; no handle.
INT5-0042N INT5-0029N
INT1H-0013R MO Interlock
Part Number Description
INT1H-0013R MO interlock switch housing and contacts,
RH; complete with mounting plate
INT1H-0013L MO interlock switch housing and contacts, LH;
complete with mounting plate
■
DOOR OPERATORS & REPLACEMENT PARTS
Interlock Components
Part Number Description
INT1H-0023N Replacement clutch roller (flat) & shaft;
brown heavy-duty poly roller, diameter = 11⁄2" INT1H-0023N
INT1H-0034N Corridor door lock key, KMO-type (universal)
INT1H-0129N Type M key for swing doors
RH LC-0021R Movable contact finger for intermediate relay INT1H-0034N
LH LC-0021L Movable contact finger for intermediate relay
Stationary silver contact for intermediate relay;
3
⁄8"-diameter silver contact on threaded hex stud
w/nut; 1” length overall
CONT-0001L Stationary carbon contact for intermediate relay;
3
⁄8"-dia. carbon contact on threaded hex stud w/nut
KVP840
KVP84D Door Key Value Pack; includes one each:
G840, G841, W824L, W824T, O825A, O825B, O825C
■
INT5-0025N Interlock Roller, 41⁄2" centers INT1H-0019N
INT5-0027N Roller & Bolt
SW1-004N Gate Switch Assembly, Complete
SW1-0010N Operating Cam Assembly
INT1H-0019N Keeper Stem Bumper
CLU5-004N Locking Bar
CLU3-0031L Locking Cam, LH
CLU3-0031R Locking Cam, RH
LOCKING CAM LH
GAL Door Motor
Part Number HP Voltage Description
MTR-0008N 1/6 230DC-PM 2 WIRES CLU5-004N
MTR-0009N 1/4 230DC-PM 2 WIRES
OPERATOR MODEL: MOD, MODCT, MODCTA,
MODCTL, MODCTLVF, MODHFL, MODL, MODLNYC,
RETIRING CAM (RC1) GAL MOTOR
CLU9-0003L CLUTCH, LWZ-2, 8" LINK W/ 24" ROD HH1-0105L SHEAVE,4-1/8"CL W/TOP SFTY.RETAIN
CLU9-0003R CLUTCH, LWZ-2, 8" LINK W/ 24" ROD HH1-0105R SHEAVE,4-1/8"CL W/TOP SFTY RETAIN
CLU9-0004R CLUTCH LWZ-2, HH1-0112N RETAINER, TYPE "A" HANGER TOP SAFETY
12" LINK HH1-0149N 3-1/4 (TYPE A )
CLU9-0014R CLUTCH, LWZ-2 OILER, 30 PACK
LOW 6" LINK SS HH3-0051N 36" CP TRACK
30-34 / HH3-0053N 42" CP TRACK
2SP 27-34 /3SP HH5-0029N OILER (TYPE C)
35-39 DO’s HNGR 3
CLU9-0047L CAM, LWZ-2 1/4"ROLLER
CALIFORNIA CLU9-0015L&R HWBL-0001N BELT,2440
LOCKING OPERATOR,
(INCLUDES HARDWARE) "V"BELT 4L440
CLU9-0049L CAM,LWZ-2 STANDARD LOCKING W/HDWE HWBR-0008N BEARING KIT 7/8 SHOULDER
CLU9-0049R CAM,LWZ-2 STANDARD LOCKING W/HDWE HWBR-0009N BEARING KIT 7/8 WITH RETAINER
CLU9-0094N ROD,24"LWZ-2 CLUTCH ZONE LKG HWBS-0002N BUSHING/NYLINER 5/8 ID TYPE 4
CLU9-0108N ROD,36" LWZ-2 CLUTCH ZONE LOCKING HWBS-0003N BUSHING/NYLINER 7/16 IK
CLU9-0115L LKG.ASSY.LWZ2 CLUTCH INT18-0015N CONTACT, WP/WX INTERLOCK BRIDGING
CLU9-0115R LKG.ASSY.Y LWZ-2CLUTCH W/CA CAM INT1H-0003L INTERLOCK MOH C LINK
DRV-0003N PARAMETER UNIT FR-PU04-7 HAND HLD INT1H-0003R INTERLOCK MOH C LINK
INT1H-0013L SWITCH ASSEMBLY, MO INTERLOCK
■
DOOR OPERATORS & REPLACEMENT PARTS
Part Number DescriptionC
INT1H-0016L KEEPER ASSEMBLY MO INTERLOCK
INT1H-0016R KEEPER ASSEMBLY, MO INTERLOCK
INT1H-0019N KEEPER STEM BUMPER
INT1H-0136L REL.ASSY. Y MOH C LINK HORZ LEFT
INT1H-0136R REL.ASSY.MOH C LINK RIGHT
INT22-0001L INTERLOCK, TYPE "N", LH
INT22-0003L INTERLOCK,"N" SWING 4 1/2"CL ARM
INT22-0011L SWITCH ASSEMBLY "N" INTERLOCK
INT22-0011R SWITCH ASSEMBLY "N" INTERLOCK
INT22-0015N COVER "N" INTERLOCK
INT22-0019N CONTACT KIT,N/NHA INTERLK UPPER
INT22-0020N CONTACT KIT,"N"INTERLK LOWER INT22-0011L/R
INT2H-0001N INTERLOCK,MOCPH A LINK, C/P 24-39
INT2H-0002N INTERLOCK MOCPH C/P 40"-49"
INT2H-0015N KEEPER FIXED, MOCP INTERLOCK
INT2H-0052N BRACKET, MOCP/MOH KEEPER MOUNTING
INT2H-0053N CHANNEL, 2-3/16" MOCP/MOH LOCK
MOUNTING
INT4-0001N KEEPER, M/N INTRLK.SWING DOOR
INT5-0014N CONTACT KIT, M INTERLOCK UPPER
INT5-0015N CONTACT KIT, M INTERLOCK LOWER
KEY-0069N KEY, GAL "1613' CODE
MTR-0008N
■
MOTOR,1/6 HP 230VDC PM (2WIRES)
MTR-009N MOTOR,1/4 HP 230VDC
OP10-0006N CONTACT SCREW, OPERATOR LIMIT
OP10-0032N STOP, OPERATOR PULLEY
OP10-0058L MICROSWITCH KIT, FM-MODL OPERATOR
OP10-0058R MICROSWITCH KIT, FM-MODL OPERATOR
OP22-0741N CRANK ARM ASSEMBLY 17-7/16
PB1-0021N PUSH BUTTON, RWB "BLANK" 2NO-120V
NEON
PB1-0025N PUSH BUTTON, RWB "ARROW" 2NO-120V
PB2-0373N BASE ASSEMBLY, VP 2NO PUSH BUTTON
PIN-0044N PIN 5/8"X5/8" BLACK NYLON
PIN-0045N PIN 1/8"X5/8" CLEAR NYLON
RES-0099N RESISTOR, 300 OHM 100W
ROL-0006N ROLLER, GATE SWITCH 1-1/4" OD
SPG-0046N SPTING, 18-1/2 LG X 21/32 OD-0.105 WIRE
SW1-0003N CONTACT KIT G-KT GATE SWITCH
SW1-0005N ROLLER & ARM, GATE SWITCH
PRESS DOOR ARM BEARING REMOVAL &
INSTALLATION PRESS
RES-0099N
P-13787
ME971
M411M
M410M
■
■
DOOR OPERATORS & REPLACEMENT PARTS
POLY ROLLERS D423S
Looking for the quietest guide roller? D423
Adams’ SPx80™ “Quiet Poly” guide rollers
give the quiet ride you enjoy with rubber…
PLUS these major advantages: D421S
• “Quiet” rollers last longer than rubber D421
• They stand up to petroleum products
that invade hoistway, reduce life
• “Quiet” rollers resist ozone
D420S
degradation D410M D411M D412 D422S D413M
D420
Look for the “S” in the Adams part numbers D422 D414M
below. It stands for SPx80 Quiet Poly—the
COLOR KEY FOR ADAMS POLY
Durabond™-family polyurethane guide roller Red = LFx80 Low Friction
that’s short on noise...and long on life! Black = SPx80 Soft
Clear = HDx95 Heavy Duty
■
D414M 3" 3/4" HDx95 guide roller for hydro’s; double-sealed bearings Machined aluminum 0.6693" 9834734
D420S 4" 11/4" SPx80 Quiet Poly roller for #65150 roller guide assembly Machined aluminum 0.6693" 9832774
D420 4" 11/4" HDx95 heavy-duty roller for #65150 roller guide assembly Machined aluminum 0.6693" 9832774
D421S 4" 3/4" SPx80 Quiet Poly roller for #63314 roller guide assembly Machined aluminum 0.6693" 9831873
D421 4" 3/4" HDx95 heavy-duty poly roller for #63314 roller guide assembly Machined aluminum 0.6693" 9831873
D422S 3" 13/16" SPx80 Quiet Poly counterweight roller guide wheel Steel 0.7874" 9872309
D422 3" 13/16" HDx95 heavy-duty poly counterweight roller guide wheel Steel 0.7874" 9872309
D423S 8" 11/4" SPx80 Quiet Poly guide roller for #63190 & #63801 assemblies Machined aluminum 0.7874" 9831824
D423 8" 11/4" HDx95 heavy-duty poly guide roller, same as D423S Machined aluminum 0.7874" 9831824
9701588
40158
Sheave
2 3/8” dia. Nylon 9766169
Relating Cable Roller (3” O.D.) for
9715447, 894aa1 Tachometer with 5/16” shaft
Roller (3” O.D.) for
tachometer with 1/2” Shaft
9875426
Tire for Upthrust Roller 9811102
9861191 Sheave & Bracket
Upthrust Roller Assembly for Vertical Gate
O401A1
O404P
O403XCM
■
DOOR OPERATORS & REPLACEMENT PARTS
Replacement Wheels for
Westinghouse Guide Roller Assemblies
W412P
W411P
W409P
W409S
W410 W411
W412
W410P
■
Bearing Westinghouse
Part Number Description Diameter Width Tire Material Bore Part Number
W409P Steel-hub counterweight roller guide wheel 3" 1.000" HDx95™ poly 0.6693" 144A277G02
W409S Steel-hub counterweight roller guide wheel 3" 1.000" SPx80™ Quiet Poly 0.6693" 144A277G02
W410 Cast aluminum roller guide wheel 31⁄2" 1.250" Rubber 0.6693" M5594G04
W410P Cast aluminum roller guide wheel 31⁄2" 1.250" HDx95™ poly 0.6693" M5594G04
W411 Cast aluminum roller guide wheel 41⁄2" 1.250" Rubber 0.6693" M5594G02
W411P Cast aluminum roller guide wheel 41⁄2" 1.250" HDx95™ poly 0.6693 M5594G02
W411S Cast aluminum roller guide wheel 41⁄2" 1.250" SPx80™ Quiet Poly 0.6693 M5594G02
W412 Cast aluminum roller guide wheel 6" 1.200" Rubber 0.6693" 323C160G01
W412P Cast aluminum roller guide wheel 6" 1.200" HDx95™ poly 0.6693" 323C160G02
W412S Cast aluminum roller guide wheel 6" 1.200" SPx80™ Quiet Poly 0.6693" 323C160G02
W416 Guide roller (not pictured) 101⁄4" 1.250" Rubber 0.6693" M5594G05
146A988H01 Shaft for face roller of 627D989G03 RGS ASSY (not pictured)
576B710H01 Shaft for face roller of 627D989G03 RGS ASSY (not pictured)
G401M
G401W
Replacement
Replacement Rollers
wiper for nylon You can count on the G401M for long life and
rollers already reliability, and reduce the number of door-related
in the field
call-backs while improving the overall quality of
your G.A.L. installation.
• Hubs: Precision machined cast aluminum.
• Tire: Adams’ own low-friction LFx70™
Durabond™ polyurethane goes into every
smooth- and quiet-running tire. LFx70™ is as
tough as any material now in use for door
rollers. It resists breaking, cracking, and wear,
and eliminates the need for
a wiper.
• Bearings: Special low-friction bearings make the
G401M one of the true “easy riders.” To ensure
concentricity and long life, rollers are machined
after the bearings are installed.
Part Number Description
G401M Door hanger roller kit: includes (1) roller,
(7) washers, and complete installation
instructions. (Replaces G.A.L. NH roller
kit.)
G401AM Door hanger roller with axle stud
■
Replacement Wipers
Replacement felt wiper impregnated with light oil for
superior cleaning action. Not required with G401M
superior-quality polyurethane tire.
Part Number Description Units in Package
G401AM G401W Replacement felt wiper for 1
Includes 11⁄16"-diam. G.A.L. original roller
threaded axle stud,
lock washer and jam nut (Replaces G.A.L. HH-1-2-E.)
G401WX 100-Pack of G401W wipers 100
■
DOOR OPERATORS & REPLACEMENT PARTS
Right Hand shown
■
3 19501-021 Belt 4L 550 Frac hp V-type (A53)
4 19502-031 Sheave, single 1.7 in. pitch for reduction stage
5 101849 Motor, permanent magnet 1140 RPM, 24 VDC
6 25078 Cam, door operator 5 or 6 required
7 38351 Pillow block 1 in. bore
8 100165 Switch, micro for PMSSC door operators
9 P-24783-001 PC board Board 1Ø4 with relays, fuse, & instructions
10 19502-028 Sheave, double 151⁄4 in. diameter
11 19501-022 Belt 4L 680 Frac hp V-type (A66)
12 19502-030 Sheave, double 1.7 in.
13 25076 Shaft 3
⁄4 in. x 12 in. for reduction
14 25077 Shaft Door operator camshaft
15 25075 Shaft, pivot Door operator
16 25082-*** Crank arm, door operator Factory drilled per listing, > 48"
25082-001 Crank arm, door operator Without drilling for crank bolt
P-35035-001 Crank arm, door operator Adjustable for all 30 to 48" openings
17 19500-032 Pillow block 3
⁄4 in. dia. bore
18 P-24186 Cover, door operator
19 P-35008-001 U-bolt hardware bag Includes U-bolt (101871), hex nuts (47401-003) and lockwashers (48731-003)
20 25089 Bar
21 25090 Bar
NS 46208 Transformer 32V 250VA; 2 required for high performance option
NS 46217-020 Rectifier, bridge 25A 200V
NS 46218 Capacitor, electrolytic 4500 uF, 50WV
NS P-31364 Switch & cam assembly Used for adding a switch
22 102023-001 Actuator, closure switch RH
102023-002 Actuator, closure switch LH
23 102022-001 Fitting, mounting, closure switch
24 P-35015-001 Microswitch assembly Door closure switch
NS = Not Shown Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
4.13 www.cedelevator.com 4.13
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 13 1/21/19 12:51 PM
4 Door Operators
Closed Loop
■
DOOR OPERATORS & REPLACEMENT PARTS
4.14 4.14
■
DOOR OPERATORS & REPLACEMENT PARTS
■
Key Part Number Part Name Description
1 101849 Motor, permanent magnet 1140 RPM, 24 VDC
2 100165 Switch, micro for PMSSC door operators
3 46208 Transformer 32V 250VA; 2 required for high performance option
4 46218 Capacitor, electrolytic 4500 uF, 50WV
49732 Capacitor, electrolytic 41000 uF, 50WV for high performance power supply
5 46217-020 Rectifier, bridge 25A 200V
NS 90527-022 Cable Replaces previously used cable P-15807
6 P-22267-001 Kit, conversion to solid state To convert type M to PMSSC; includes motor,
door control w/Board 1Ø4, and cover
The above listed parts are for all PMSSC and HPM door operators.
When replacing older four-board systems, use cable assembly
90527-022 to replace wires on existing common board.
NS = Not Shown
YELLOW = 3/8"
GREEN = 15/32"
RED = 7/16"
WHITE = 1/2"
BLUE = 17/32"
■
DOOR OPERATORS & REPLACEMENT PARTS
Universal Standard-
& Heavy-Duty Spirators
True universal mounting format
in two long-lasting models
Choose from two models of reel-type door closers
with universal hub design. Both models include
retaining ring and nylon washer.
Heavy-duty Spirator
Comes complete with a heavy-duty rewind tension
spring and heavy-duty cable terminal for use with
A831B
heavy elevator doors.
Standard-duty spirator
Works best with light- to middle-weight doors.
Square-Peg Mounting Bracket A831
■
A832 5"-dia. standard-duty spirator w/nylon runner.
W832 6"-dia. standard-duty spirator w/nylon runner.
A831B Mounting bracket for Adams and other spirators.
A770
⁄4" square x 5⁄16" high
Door Bumpers
3
SmarTork Spriators
SmarTork™ revolutionary design overcomes wind
velocities on elebator hoistway doors by increasing
tension by 20% during the last 2 inches of closing.
ECI Board 109 series of door boards are not just direct
replacments, they are technically superior offering state
of the art performance with additional features and
benefits over the existing original equipment. The 109
series of boards will replace any MAC 104, MAC 105 or
previous 3-board groupings in either open or closed loop
applications.
ECIA04500010287
SCHINDLER QKS-TRDC-LCD
■
ECIA04500011420
ECI CANADA (GAL) DOOR
BOARD 1000-3050 & 3050-1
109-4
MAC 104 DOOR BOARD,
REPLACES P-24783-XXX
109-5
MAC/KONE 105 DOOR BOARD,
REPLACES P-31872-XXX
■
DOOR OPERATORS & REPLACEMENT PARTS
Our 12,000lb. test heavy-duty door pull straps are
made of durable black nylon. A mounting bracket is
sewn into one end for attachment.
Part Number Length Part Number Length
HDP18 18" HDP24 24"
HDP30 30" HDP36 36"
HDP48 48"
PRODUCTS
Bulbs, Lights & Lamp Guards . . . . . . 5.2
Specialty & Flash Lights . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
Pendant Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
Limit Switches & Sensors . . . . . . 5.4-5.5
Pit Switches, Outlets
& Work Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
Auxiliary Convenience Boxes . . . . . . 5.6
EMT Tubing, Fittings
& Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7
EMT Connectors & Couplings . . . . . . 5.8
EMT Access Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9
Flexible Metal Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10
EMT-to-Flex Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10
Liquid Tight Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10
Boxes, Covers & Plugs . . . . . . . . . 5.11-12
3 Piece Knockouts/Knockout Plugs . 5.12
Mechanical & Compression Lugs . . 5.13
Split-bolt Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13
Tabs, Forks and Rings . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13
Polaris Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13
Insulated Butt Splices . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14
ScotchLok® Components . . . . . . . . 5.14
Wire Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14
Ty-Raps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14
Questions? Answers at… Wire Marker Cards & Dispensers . . 5.14
(866) CED-ELEV Channel & Components . . . . . . . . . 5.15
(866) 233-3538 Screws & Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
Cush Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
5.1 5.1
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 1 1/21/19 12:51 PM
5 Extension Cords
Bulbs, Lights, Lamp Guards
■
ELECTRICAL & INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
String Lights
Part No Mfg Description No. Sockets
TLS50 Lind 50' String Light w/ Plastic Guard 5
TLS100 Lind 100' String Light w/ Plastic Guard 10
Bulbs
Part Standard
Number Mfr. Description Packaging*
100ARS GE 100-watt rough service bulbs 60
Lights
PIV1001 Part Standard
Number Mfr. Description Packaging*
■
2250S 2100A
Flashlights
A variety of sizes available, call for details.
■
This water resistant pendant station comes with an
■
This unit sold in the appropriate jurisdictions.
WLSE-NC LS1
• Westinghouse Type E. Direct replacement for
ELECTRICAL & INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
■
Part Number Description Otis Part # Contact Figure
■
ADJUSTABLE LEVER W/1.5" RUBBER ROLLER, 0.50" NPT HUB SPDT-DB Q
9007C62B2 SCHNEIDER OIL TIGHT LIMIT SWITCH, CAST BODY, 4 X 90 DEG ADJUSTABLE HEAD,
ADJUSTABLE LEVER W/1.5" RUBBER ROLLER, 0.50" NPT HUB DPDT R
9007EA1 3" FIXED LENGTH LEVER ARM, 5/8" STEEL ROLLER S
9007HA1 7/8" TO 4" ADJUSTABLE LENGTH LEVER ARM, 5/8" STEEL ROLLER T
D4B-4113N-NPT OMRON OIL TIGHT LIMIT SWITCH, 4 X 90 DEG ADJUSTABLE HEAD, ADJUSTABLE
LEVER W/1.5" RUBBER ROLLER, M20 HUB W/ 0.50" NPT ADAPTER 1 NO & 1 NC U
D4B-4A13N-NPT OMRON OIL TIGHT LIMIT SWITCH, 4 X 90 DEG ADJUSTABLE HEAD, ADJUSTABLE
LEVER W/1.5" RUBBER ROLLER, M20 HUB W/ 0.50" NPT ADAPTER 2 NC, SLOW BREAK V
A B C D E F G
H I J K L M N
O P Q R S T U V
Pit Switches
All Models are designed to meet ANSI A17.1
Rules 106.1f and 210.2e/2g Elevator Safety
Code Requirements. Red run/stop control switch
conforms to Rule 210.2e(4).
PS2
PS2 PS3
• Steel guard prevents damage
or accidental switching
• Switch rated 20 amps at 250 VAC
• Lockable
PS3
• Run/stop in 1⁄2" permanent raised letters
• Cast aluminum cover
• CSA approved (CSA B44, B44.1/ASME, A17.1. A17.5)
PS2-DC
• Heavy Duty rocker switch
• Switch rated 1.5 amps at 120 VDC
PS2-DC PS4
PS4
• Push To Stop/Pull To Run
• One normally closed contact
■
Pit Switches/Outlets
PS2-DO
• With duplex outlet
• Padlockable
PS2-DO PS2-GFI PS2-GFI
• With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
• Padlockable
■
EMT TUBING
One-hole EMT Straps EMT Hangers with bolts (UL listed) ONE-HOLE
EMT STRAP
Part Diameter Standard Part Diameter Standard
Number inches Packaging* Number inches Packaging*
MED30 ⁄2
1
100 0B ⁄2
1
100
MED45 ⁄4
3
100 1B ⁄4
3
100
MED55 1 50 2B 1 100
MED65 11⁄4 50 21⁄2B 11⁄4 100
MED75 11⁄2 25 3B 11⁄2 100
MED85 2 20 5B 2 50 EMT HANGER
■
Larger sizes available if needed. WITH BOLTS
Die-cast Chase Nipples (UL listed, CSA certified) Steel Lock Nuts (UL listed, CSA certified)
Part Diameter Standard Part Diameter Standard CHASE NIPPLE
Number inches Packaging* Number inches Packaging*
1102DC ⁄2
1
100 101S ⁄2
1
100
1103DC ⁄4
3
100 102S ⁄4
3
100
1104DC 1 50 103S 1 100
1105DC 11⁄4 25 104S 11⁄4 50
1106DC 11⁄2 25 105S 11⁄2 50
1107DC 2 15 106S 2 25 LOCK NUT
1108DC 21⁄2 5 107S 21⁄2 10
1109DC 3 5 108S 3 10
Larger sizes available if needed.
COMPRESSION
CONNECTOR
EMT Compression Connectors: Die-cast & Steel
Part Diameter Standard Part Diameter Standard
Number inches Packaging* Number inches Packaging*
250DC2 ⁄2
1
50 250 ⁄2
1
50
251DC2 ⁄4
3
25 251 ⁄4
3
25
252DC2 1 15 252 1 25
253DC2 11⁄4 10 253 11⁄4 10
EMT STEEL
COMPRESSION 254DC2 11⁄2 10 254 11⁄2 10
CONNECTOR 255DC2 2 10 255 2 10
256DC2 21⁄2 12 256 21⁄2 2
257DC2 3 12 257 3 2
EMT DIE CAST
SET SCREW
CONNECTOR
EMT Set Screw Connectors: Die-cast & Steel
Part Diameter Standard Part Diameter Standard
Number inches Packaging* Number inches Packaging*
230DC2 ⁄2
1
100 230 ⁄2
1
50
231DC2 ⁄4
3
50 231 ⁄4
3
25
232DC2 1 10 232 1 20
233DC2 11⁄4 10 233 11⁄4 10
EMT STEEL 234DC2 11⁄2 10 234 11⁄2 10
■
SET SCREW
CONNECTOR 235DC2 2 5 235 2 5
236DC2 21⁄2 12 236 21⁄2 2
237DC2 3 12 237 3 2
EMT DIE CAST
COMPRESSION
COUPLING EMT Compression Couplings: Die-cast & Steel
Part Diameter Standard Part Diameter Standard
Number inches Packaging* Number inches Packaging*
260DC ⁄2
1
50 260 ⁄2
1
50
261DC ⁄4
3
25 261 ⁄4
3
25
262DC 1 10 262 1 25
263DC 11⁄4 10 263 11⁄4 10
EMT STEEL
264DC 11⁄2 10 264 11⁄2 10
COMPRESSION 265DC 2 5 265 2 5
COUPLING 266DC 21⁄2 12 266 21⁄2 2
267DC 3 12 267 3 2
EMT DIE CAST
SET SCREW
COUPLING
EMT Set Screw Connectors: Die-cast & Steel
Part Diameter Standard Part Diameter Standard
Number inches Packaging* Number inches Packaging*
240DC ⁄2
1
50 240 ⁄2
1
50
241DC ⁄4
3
25 241 ⁄4
3
25
242DC 1 25 242 1 20
243DC 11⁄4 10 243 11⁄4 150
244DC 11⁄2 10 244 11⁄2 10
EMT STEEL
SET SCREW
245DC 2 10 245 2 5
COUPLING 246DC 21⁄2 12 246 21⁄2 2
247DC 3 12 247 3 2
*All items may be purchased individually.
■
ELECTRICAL & INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
Type LB Threaded (with cover and gasket)
Part Size Standard
Number inches Packaging*
LB50CG 1
⁄2 10
LB75CG 3
⁄4 10
LB100CG 1 5
LB125CG 11⁄4 2
LB150CG 11⁄2 2
LB200CG 2 1
■
Type LL Threaded (with cover and gasket)
Part Size Standard EMT TYPE LB
Number inches Packaging*
LL50CG 1
⁄2 10
LL75CG 3
⁄4 10
LL100CG 1 5
LL125CG 11⁄4 2
LL150CG 11⁄2 2
LL200CG 2 1
Compression/Screw-on
Part Diameters Standard
EMT-TO-FLEX DIE-CAST Number inches Packaging*
SET SCREW COUPLING 581DC ⁄2 EMT to 1⁄2 FLEX
1
50
582DC ⁄4 EMT to 3⁄4 FLEX
3
25
583DC 1 EMT to 1 FLEX 20
*All items may be purchased individually.
■
11/2“ deep (type 52151) 21/8“ deep (type 52171) (UL listed)
4“ Octagonal Boxes:
■
11/2“ deep (type 54151)
Part Number Knockouts Standard
11⁄2" deep inches Packaging*
4RB50 1
⁄2 50 SQUARE BOX
BOX COVERS
Part Standard
Number Description Packaging*
6G38TSDIN Terminal block 25
6G38EDIN Terminal block end 25
3F DIN rail 6' 6" lengths
220SP 20 Position 300V double row terminal block
JUNCTION BOX WITH TERMINALS
■
ELECTRICAL & INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
Part Standard
Number Size Packaging*
CB35-36-CY #14-6awg 100
CB70-14-CY #8-2awg 100
CB125-14-QY #2-1/0 25
CB175-38-QY #4-3/0 25
CB225-56-QY #2-4/0 10
The above mechanical lugs and split bolt connectors referenced are for
the most common cable sizes used. Many more sizes are used and are
available from our stock. Please ask your sales representative for details. ILSCO MECHANICAL LUGS
Compression Lugs
Part Wire Hole Standard
Number Size Size Packaging*
LCAS2/0-38 2/0awg 3
⁄8" 10
LCAS1-14-E 1awg 1
⁄4" 20
LCA2-14-Q 2awg 1
⁄4" 25
LCAS4-38-L 4awg 3
⁄8" 50
LCA6-14-L 6awg 1
⁄4" 50 COMPRESSION LUG
LCA6-38-L 6awg 3
⁄8" 50
LCA8-14-L 8awg 1
⁄4" 50
Split-bolt Connectors
■
Part Standard
Number Size Packaging*
SBC2-C T&2-6 STR 100
SBC3-C 4 STR 100
SBC4S-C 4-8 STR 100
SBC6S-C 6-8 STR 100
SBC8-C 16-8 STR 100
Polaris Connectors
Part Standard
Number Size Packaging
PCSB2/0-2-12 1/0-14 AWG 6
PCSB250-2S-6Y 250 MCM-6 AWG 6 POLARIS CONNECTOR
PCSB250-2S-6Y 3/0-6 AWG 6
PCSB4-2S-12Y 4-14 AWG 12
PCSB2/0-2-12 1/0-14 AWG OFFSET 6
Questions? Answers at…
Western US: 866 CED-ELEV Eastern US: 866-253-2915
5.13 or 866-233-3538 • Fax 562-427-8429 or 860-256-2211 • Fax 860-290-8970 5.13
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 13 1/21/19 12:52 PM
5 Miscellaneous Hardware
Insulated Butt Splices (UL listed, CSA Certified)
■
ELECTRICAL & INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
Part Standard
Number Size Packaging
MN18BCX 22-18awg 100
MN14BCX 16-14awg 100
MN10BCX 12-10awg 50
SCOTCHLOK PIGTAIL
Wire Nuts (UL listed, CSA Certified)
Part Standard
Number Size Color Packaging
30071 22-16awg gray 100
30072 22-14awg blue 100
30073 22-14awg orange 100
■
2 3
WIRE MARKER CARDS
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Wire Marker Cards & Dispensers
Part
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Number Description
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
3 4 6
PCMB-1 Wire marker book # 0-9
1 2 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
PCMB-14 Wire marker book # 46-90
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
PCMB-2 Wire marker book A-Z
PCMB-3 Wire marker book 1-45
Number dispenser refills available.
WIRE MARKER BOOKS
■
CHANNEL
■
RC2-3/8 3
⁄8" Threaded couplings 100
RC2-5/8 3
⁄8" Threaded couplings 100
DA38 3
⁄8" Lead anchors 100
FW38 3
⁄8" Flat washers 100
LW38 3
⁄8" Lock washers 100
HN38 3
⁄8" Hex nuts 100
RMC1434 1
⁄4" x 3⁄4" Round-head nuts and screws 100 THREADED ROD
RMC141 1
⁄4" x 1" Round-head nuts and screws 100
RMC14114 1
⁄4" x 11⁄4" Round-head nuts and screws 100
RMC14112 1
⁄4" x 11⁄2" Round-head nuts and screws 100
RMC142 1
⁄4" x 2" Round-head nuts and screws 100
ZA150 1
⁄4" x 1" Nail-ins 100 ROUND HEAD SCREW
DA14 1
⁄4" Lead anchors 100
FW14 1
⁄4" Flat washers 100
LW14 1
⁄4" Lock washers 100
HN14 1
⁄4" Hex nuts 100
TB44 1
⁄4" x 3" Toggle bolts 100 NAIL IN
MB141 1
⁄4" x 1" Hex-head bolt 100
*Other sizes available for all hardware & threaded rod
6.1 6.1
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 1 1/21/19 12:52 PM
6 Exhaust Fans 2 and 3-Speed
Model ”SEF-E“ 2-Speed Propeller Fan
■
Part
Number HP RPM FLA Volts Phase Cycle Cap. Speeds
FANS, AIR CONDITIONERS & HEATERS
MOUNTING Component
TEMPLATE Specifications
Style
Exhaust
11-7/8
Pressure configuration
WIRING DIAMETER
9/32 by special order only
HOLE IN CAB
DIAGRAM DIAMETER
(4) HOLES
EQUALLY
Maximum CFM
5.84 REF. SPACED
ON 13-3/8
350
D .B .C .
Features
Smallest and
FOAM RUBBER least expensive
14.00 DIAMETER PADS
Component
Specifications
Style
Exhaust configuration
Dust, moisture and
explosion-proof
models available
Maximum CFM
510
WIRING
DIAGRAM Features
Double air inlet for
quietest operation
Repair Kit
Questions? Answers at… #96-13502
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
6.2 www.cedelevator.com 6.2
■
Engineered for maximum air distribution, our fans
SSF3, TSF1
Two-Speed Exhaust Fans
12” diameter, welded steel housing.
Part Number Maximum CFM Volts Height Speeds
TSFE1420 375 115V AC 41⁄2" 2
TSFE1424 375 115V AC 31⁄2" 2
■
Part Number Description
21FN001 Single-speed fan motor
21FN002 Two-speed fan motor
A01FN001 Two-speed suction blade
A01FN002 Single-speed suction blade
A01FN003 Single-speed push blade
TSFE1420
06-01064
Grills
Part Number Diameter (inches) Finish
ADG-10 10 white
ADG-12 12 white
ADGE145SFL ADG-16 16 white
ADG-12S
Lighted Grills
Combination glare-free fluorescent light and air dis-
tribution grille. One 40 watt circle line lamp. Durable
plexiglass light diffuser. Mounts independent of fan.
Part Number Finish
ADGE145SFL Stainless
ADGE145BFL Bronze
ADG-FL-CVR (Replacement Fluorescent Cover)
ADGE145SI* Stainless
ADGE145BI* Bronze
* Incandescent lighting–four 40 watt lamps
Tank Heaters
The integral thermostat is set for 100° F, has 275W,
120V, and 60Hz, in stock. Permanently mounted
so that turbulence will not move heater in tank.
Custom made for your specific applications
TH120F THO (Note: “A” Dimension must not exceed 48" maximum.
See worksheet for installation specs and size requirements.)
TANK HEATER WORKSHEET Part Number Description
TH120
TH120F (Same as TH120 with standard 40" flex cord)
THO (20 amp red on/off switch with cover)
■
The Oil Cooler can be mounted to the power unit or
■
• 10 micron filter in hydraulic oil line
• Filter head with sight gauge to indicate when the filter
needs to be changed
• Heavy gauge frame construction
• Includes all fittings and hardware needed for
adjacent-mount installation
• Includes instructions for installation
Part Number 10248
Replacement Filter Part Number 1953
Dimensions
Part Number D1 D2 D H L1 L
BUCR2S 7" 13" 20" 15" 8" 15"
BUCR3S 9" 16" 25" 18" 8" 17"
BUCR4S 12" 17" 29" 21" 11" 19"
Available Options
• Controller (starter, circuit breaker, fuses and terminal blocks)
• Flexible hoses Questions? Answers at…
• Replacement motors: BUCR2SM & BUCR4SM (866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
6.5 www.cedelevator.com 6.5
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 5 1/21/19 12:52 PM
6 Hydrastar Quiet Cool
Oil Coolers
■
FANS, AIR CONDITIONERS & HEATERS
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
7.1 7.1
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 1 1/21/19 12:52 PM
7 ■
Elevator Controllers
Stocked and readily available at all CED locations are
CONTROLLERS, FIXTURES, DOORS & EDGES
Package Includes:
• Prebuilt 2-board (MR/COP) Hydraulic System
• Sprecher + Schuh soft starter
• SmartPositioning
• On-Board Diagnostics (no tools required)
• Non-Proprietary Software
• Pre-programmed Job Specific Requirements
• Job Binder with Prints and Installation Manual
• Code Required Independent & Hoistway Access
• Compatible with most hydraulic operations and
manufacturers
SPECIFICATIONS
■
APPLICATION Hydraulic
FEEDBACK Distance and Velocity
DISPATCH Up to an 8 Car Group
MAX OPENINGS 10 F/R
MAX SPEED 200 FPM
DIMENSIONS 30” H x 24” W x 10” D
CABINET NEMA 1
AMP RANGE 51-147 AMPS
Optional Accessories:
• Interface to Load-Weighing Device
• Car Top Inspection Station
• External Emergency-Rescue Device (Battery Lowering)
• Programming Pod
• Interface to Voice Annunciator
• Card Reader Access
• Group Operation
■
CONTROLLERS, FIXTURES, DOORS & EDGES
STEPS FOR BUYING A CONTROLLER PACKAGE
1) Fill out a CED Specific Engineering Data Form
(EDF) and return to CED (Available online)
2) Purchase the controller from CED — who will then
turn in paperwork to Smartrise for engineering
review (Review typically takes 24 hours)
3) Upon Smartrise approval for the job specific
requirements, CED will be notified to release the
controller to the customer. The controller can be
picked up at Will Call or Shipped.
4) Smartrise creates the Job Binder and ships directly
to the customer. This will include:-Job specific
drawings-Job specific software (on a 256 MB
Flash Drive)-IO sheet(s) for SRU Board I/O’s-
Equipment Installation Manual
5) Customer installs the job specific software on the
packaged controller.
INSPECTION BOX
SMARTCONNECT
SmartConnect is Smartrise's Inspection Box
located on the car top. It comes pre-wired which
allows for ease of installation via a Cat-5 cable.
The box has pre-drilled mounting brackets with
an incandescent light bulb socket. SmartConnect
■
seamlessly integrates with Smartrise Hydraulic
controllers.
GROUP CONTROLLER
The Group Controller is an SRU programmed
as a dispatch board for two (2) Cars. The board
is mounted in a separate cabinet and contains
a DIN rail for power and car communication
wiring.
BATTERY LOWERING
The Reynolds and Reynolds Powervator
Emergency Return System can be integrated with
Stocked Controller. The Powervator is a battery
operated inverter in a fully enclosed case that
provides flexibility for improved controller layout
and accessibility. Available in 208 VAC or 240
VAC
RB2-208GL / RB2-240GL
Optional Can & Battery lowering Switch sold
separately
PART# CAP-1
FASTENERS:
SPEAKER GRILL: TWIST
ECC PANEL
DL 20 LOCKS
- 7"
79.50" AFF
CUT OUT
7" GRAPHICS DISPLAY PUSH BUTTONS:
HINGED SIDE: LEFT `
NO SMOKING
PART# CAP-1 CAL-VR-MV-SS VANDAL RESISTANT ROUND BUTTON:
DL 20 CONTROL BOARD FASTENERS: TWIST PANEL LOCKS
DIAMETER 1.38" ILLUMINATING COLLAR WITH BLUE LED FOR FLOOR,
7" GRAPHICS DISPLAY
2.50 X 6.09 EZ LITE PUSH BUTTONS:
DOOR BUTTONS AND RED LEDS FOR "PUSH TO CALL" AND
"PUSH FOR ALARM" AND INTEGRATED SURROUND WITH
HOLE FOR MICROPHONE CAL-VR-MV-SS VANDAL RESISTANT ROUND BUTTON:
FLUSH MOUNTED CALIFRONIA RAISED BRAILLE, (DIAMETER 1.38"
DL 20 CONTROL BOARD
DIAMETER
RAISED1.38"
WHITEILLUMINATING
CHARACTERS ON COLLAR WITH BLUE LED FOR FLOOR,
BLACK BACKGROUND)
2.50 X 6.09CERTIFICATE
EZ LITE FRAME DOOR BUTTONS AND RED LEDS FOR "PUSH TO CALL" AND
STOP SWITCHES: (ECC-STOP) ECC KEY SWITCH/ RED W/ WHITE
3.50" X 7.00" "PUSH FOR ALARM" AND INTEGRATED SURROUND WITH
HOLE FOR MICROPHONE CHARACTERS ALONG W/ ECC FISHTAIL BRAILLE
SEE DETAIL "B" FLUSH MOUNTED CALIFRONIA RAISED BRAILLE, (DIAMETER 1.38"
FIREFIGHTERS FOR REVERSE LETTERING ENGRAVED
RAISED GRAPHICS:
WHITE CHARACTERS ON BLACK BACKGROUND)
OPERATION
CERTIFICATEFEOK1
3.50" X 7.00"
LATCH
FRAME
STOP"NO SMOKING"......
SWITCHES: 75" BLK
(ECC-STOP) ECC KEY SWITCH/ RED W/ WHITE
"CAPACITY____ LBS.".......25" BLK.
CHARACTERS ALONG
"FIREFIGHTERS W/ ECC FISHTAIL
OPERATION".......125" BRAILLE
RED
SEE DETAILSEE
"B"DETAIL "C"
FORLETTERING
FIRE COMPONENTS "PUSH TO CALL".......25" BLK.
FIREFIGHTERS
59.50 58.50
FOR REVERSE ENGRAVED GRAPHICS:
OPERATION 3.00" DIA. SPEAKER GRILL "DO NOT PANIC..." ......125" BLK
FEOK1 LATCH "NO IN
SMOKING"...... 75" BLK
BOX COMPONENTS:
"CAPACITY____ LBS.".......25" BLK.
DL 20 - 7" BOARD
5 6
"FIREFIGHTERS OPERATION".......125" RED
3 4 SEE DETAIL "C"
"PUSH TO CALL".......25" BLK.
59.50 58.50 *1
FOR FIRE COMPONENTS
2 3.00" DIA. SPEAKER GRILL
FIRE PANEL
"DO NOT PANIC..." ......125" BLK
SERVICE PANEL
DOOR
OPEN
DOOR
CLOSE
IN BOX COMPONENTS:
SUB-PLATE SUB-PLATE
USB PORT
5 6
PUSH
FOR
ALARM
HELP
PUSH
TO
CALL
DL 20 - 7" BOARD
■
ST206
3 4 STOP ENABLE
35"AFF
FIRE PANEL SERVICE PANEL
CALL ACCESS SPARE
CANCEL AUTO
*1 2 RUN
SUB-PLATE SUB-PLATE
IND SPARE
110 OUTLET
FAN
PUSH PUSH
14.125
FOR
ALARM
HELP TO
CALL
ST206
35"AFF
SEE DETAIL "D" FOR DETAIL "C" STOP
DETAIL "D"
ENABLE
SERVICE PANEL20.375"
WITHAFF 3 DOOR DOOR 5
9.00 OPEN CLOSE
HI LO
10.00 2 3 4 3 4
14.125
*1 *1 2 *1 2
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
2 STOP LH/RH SEE DETAIL "D"2FOR
ECC STOP DL20 COP DETAIL "C"
DOOR
OPEN
DOOR
CLOSE
DOOR
OPEN DETAIL "D"
DOOR
CLOSE
DOOR
OPEN
DOOR
CLOSE
CUT OUT
5 STOP LH/RH ECC 5 STOP DL20 COP
6 STOP LH/RH ECC 6 STOP DL20 COP 3 5
9.00 20.375" AFF
3 STOP 4 STOP 5 STOP
10.00 2 3 4 3 4
Part Number
PART NUMBER Description DESCRIPTION The*1DL-20 is a multi-featured*1 device that
2 integrates with*1 2
Smart Rise,
22 STOP Motion Control, & Elevator Controls serial link products. The DL-20
STOPLH/RH
LH/RH ECC 2 STOP DL20 COP
ECC 2 STOP DL20 COP DOOR
OPEN
DOOR
CLOSE
DOOR
OPEN
DOOR
CLOSE
DOOR
OPEN
DOOR
CLOSE
3 STOP LH/RH ECC 3 STOP DL20 COP comes standard with a high resolution 7” Display that performs
3 STOP LH/RH
4 STOP LH/RH ECC 3 STOP DL20 COP
ECC 4 STOP DL20 COP
PUSH
the functions
FOR
ALARM
HELP
PUSH
4 STOP LH/RH
5 STOP LH/RH ECC 4 STOP DL20 COP
ECC 5 STOP DL20 COP Status Indicator, and a client use area that is fully customizable
65 STOP
STOPLH/RH
LH/RH ECC
ECC 5 STOP DL20 6 STOP DL20 COP
COP for advertising or announcements. The DL-20 communicates
6 STOP LH/RH ECC 6 STOP DL20 COP with the serial controller to display
3 STOP the various messages in5the
4 STOP STOP
form of customizable pictures & Icons as well as providing voice
annunciation in any language for the visually impaired. Its integrated,
advanced feature Emergency Phone can consolidate up to 8
Elevator Phones on a single phone line. The DL-20 also includes
an intensity adjustable LED Emergency light with long life battery
and charging circuit. Additionally, the DL-20 acts as a remote access
and monitoring device using just the existing elevator phone line. It
Questions? Answers at… allows the elevator company to call in and check the current status
and what faults have occurred. It can also be programmed to call out
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
7.4 www.cedelevator.com
to self-report various faults.
7.4
■
CONTROLLERS, FIXTURES, DOORS & EDGES
HALLHALL
STATIONS
STATIONS
ALLALL
MODELS
MODELSAREARE
INSTALLED
INSTALLED
WITH,
WITH,
OTHERWISE
OTHERWISENOTED
NOTED
FACEPLATE:
FACEPLATE:
FLUSH MOUNT:
FLUSH MOUNT: #11#11
GAUGE STAINLESS
GAUGE STEEL,
STAINLESS #4 #4
STEEL, BRUSH
BRUSH
FINISH
FINISH
SURFACE
SURFACEMOUNT:
MOUNT: #14#14
GAUGE STAINLESS
GAUGE STEEL,
STAINLESS #4 #4
STEEL,
BRUSH
BRUSHFINISH
FINISH
LAMP
LAMPVOLTAGE:
VOLTAGE: 24V24V
LEDLED
FASTENERS:
FASTENERS:TAMPERPROOF
TAMPERPROOFSCREWS
SCREWS
TERMINAL HALL
TERMINAL STATION
HALL STATION
PART NUMBER:
PART NUMBER:TH TH
- FLUSH/SURFACE(F/S)
- FLUSH/SURFACE(F/S)
PUSHBUTTON:
PUSHBUTTON: ECCECC - PUBC-01
- PUBC-01
DIMENSION:
DIMENSION: FACEPLATE:
FACEPLATE: 5.00"
5.00" X 19.00"
X 19.00"
BOX:
BOX: 3.875"
3.875" X 17.25"
X 17.25" X 3.50"
X 3.50" DP DP
TERMINAL
TERMINAL WITH
WITH ACCESS
ACCESS
PART
PART NUMBER:
NUMBER: THATHA - F/S
- F/S PART#
PART# PART#
PART# PART#
PART# PART#
PART#
PUSHBUTTON:
PUSHBUTTON: ECCECC - PUBC-01,
- PUBC-01, ECCECC - CBC
- CBC ALLALL WHITE
WHITE TH -THFL- FL THATHA
- FL- FL IH -IH
FL- FL THAF
THAF
- FL- FL
KEYSWITCHS:
KEYSWITCHS: ECCECC
DIADIA 1.393"
1.393" ACCESS
ACCESS (ECC
(ECC - INS205)
- INS205)
DISPLAY:
DISPLAY: EX 31/
EX 31/ EX DISPLAY
EX 51 51 DISPLAY
DIMENSION:
DIMENSION: FACEPLATE:
FACEPLATE: 5.00"
5.00" X 19.00"
X 19.00"
BOX:
BOX: 3.875"
3.875" X 17.25"
X 17.25" X 3.50"
X 3.50" DP DP
TERMINAL
TERMINAL WITH
WITH ACCESS,
ACCESS, FIREFIRE SERVICE
SERVICE
PART
PART NUMBER:
NUMBER: THFTHF - F/S
- F/S
PUSHBUTTON:
PUSHBUTTON: ECCECC - PUBC-01
- PUBC-01
KEYSWITCHS:
KEYSWITCHS: ECCECC
DIADIA 1.393"
1.393" FIREFIRE SERVICE
SERVICE
RESET/OFF/ON
RESET/OFF/ON (ECC(ECC - FEOK1),
- FEOK1), ACCESS(ECC
ACCESS(ECC - INS205)
- INS205)
■
DIMENSION:
DIMENSION: FACEPLATE:
FACEPLATE: 5.00"
5.00" X 19.00"
X 19.00"
BOX:
BOX: 3.875"
3.875" X 17.25"
X 17.25" X 3.50"
X 3.50" DP DP
INTERMEDIATE
INTERMEDIATE HALL
HALL STATION
STATION
PART
PART NUMBER:
NUMBER: IH -IH - F/S
F/S
PUSHBUTTON:
PUSHBUTTON: ECCECC - PUBC-01
- PUBC-01
DISPLAY:
DISPLAY: EX 31/
EX 31/ EX DISPLAY
EX 51 51 DISPLAY
DIMENSION:
DIMENSION: FACEPLATE:
FACEPLATE: 5.00"
5.00" X 19.00"
X 19.00"
BOX:
BOX: 3.875"
3.875" X 17.25"
X 17.25" X 3.50"
X 3.50" DP DP
PART#
PART# PART#
PART# PART#
PART# PART#
PART#
THATHA
-S-S IH -IH
S-S THAF04
THAF04
-S-S INTF04
INTF04
-S-S
INTERMEDIATE
INTERMEDIATE WITHWITHFIREFIRE SERVICE
SERVICE
PART
PART NUMBER:
NUMBER: IH -IH - F/S
F/S
PUSHBUTTON:
PUSHBUTTON: ECCECC - PUBC-01
- PUBC-01
KEYSWITCHS:
KEYSWITCHS: ECCECC
DIADIA 1.393"
1.393" FIREFIRE SERVICE
SERVICE
RESET/OFF/ON
RESET/OFF/ON (ECC(ECC - FEOK1)
- FEOK1)
DISPLAY:
DISPLAY: EX 31/
EX 31/ EX 51EX DISPLAY
51 DISPLAY
DIMENSION:
DIMENSION: FACEPLATE:
FACEPLATE:
BOX:
BOX: 3.875"
3.875"
5.00"
5.00"
X 17.25"
X 17.25"
X 19.00"
X 19.00"
X 3.50"
X 3.50" DP DP
CARCAR
RIDING
RIDING
LANTERN
LANTERN
CARCAR
RIDING
RIDING
LANTERN
LANTERN
FACEPLATE:
FACEPLATE:#11#11 GAUGE
GAUGE
STAINLESS
STAINLESS
STEEL,
STEEL,
#4 #4
BRUSH
BRUSH
FINISH
FINISH
LANTERN
LANTERN ARROWS:
ARROWS:
2.50"
2.50" X 2.50"
X 2.50" WHITE
WHITE LEXAN
LEXAN VANDAL
VANDAL RESISTANT
RESISTANT PLASTIC
PLASTIC
EXTENDED
EXTENDED 1.88"
1.88" FROMFROM FACEPLATE
FACEPLATE
GREEN
GREEN LEDLED
FORFOR
UP UP ARROW,
ARROW, REDRED
LEDLED
FORFOR DOWN
DOWN ARROW
ARROW
DISPLAY:
DISPLAY:EX 51
EX DIGITAL DISPLAY
51 DIGITAL DISPLAY
LAMPLAMP VOLTAGE:
VOLTAGE: MULTI-VOLT
MULTI-VOLT
FASTENERS:
FASTENERS:TAMPERPROOF
TAMPERPROOF SCREWS
SCREWS
PART#
PART# PART#
PART#
CRLCRL CRLCRL
-V-V
HALL PI PART#
INTF - S - TR
E STAINLESS STEEL,
UGE STAINLESS
PART# PART#
EX-51-AD - S EX-51-AD - F
HALL PI
RANSLUCENT
OM FACEPLATE
RED LED FOR HALL PI WITH ARROWS FACEPLATE:
PLAY FLUSH MOUNT: #11 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL,
LT
F SCREWS
#4 BRUSH FINISH
SURFACE MOUNT: #14 GAUGE STAINLESS
STEEL, #4 BRUSH FINISH PART
PART# PART# LANTERN ARROWS: EX-51-A
EX-51-ADA - S EX-51-ADA - F 2.50" X 2.50" WHITE LEXAN TRANSLUCENT
PLASTIC EXTENDED 1.88" FROM FACEPLATE
GREEN LED FOR UP ARROW, RED LED FOR
DOWN ARROW
DISPLAY: EX 51 DIGITAL DISPLAY
LAMP VOLTAGE: MULTI-VOLT
FASTENERS: TAMPERPROOF SCREWS
■
Smartrise™ is a non-proprietary, state-of-the-art
■
*Determined by door type and/or height.
81 Style
• Made out of cold rolled steel
• 16 gauge core for prime and baked enamel
• Wrapped for SS#4
• Reinforcement modules are the back of the door
• Unhanded doors
• 3/8”– 16 or 1/2”– 13 pendant bolts
• Universal top channel
• Unistrut design with slide-in plate and
drilling for pendants
■
CONTROLLERS, FIXTURES, DOORS & EDGES
The only IR curtain with
Built-in nudging helps
Phase I/Phase II Fire Recall Service… keep elevators moving
and it comes with nudging built in! in environments where
Built-in nudging riders are likely to
Replaces separate nudging unit for easiest installation. hold open the doors.
Factory setting of 20 sec. can be reset from 1-60 sec. Nudging time is
adjustable from
Nudging buzzer volume is also adjustable. 1 to 60 seconds
Plugs into 17-265VAC/VDC Simple installation!
CEDES CEGARD/MAX-NT is the only infrared curtain Ships complete and
that can be connected to any operating voltage ready to install, with the
from 17-265VAC/VDC with no additional wiring or least possible number
modifying! Just plug it in and let it work. of separate components
Up to 154 infrared detection beams. to speed installation and
limit on-site assembly
Integrated diagnostic circuitry decisions. CEDES
An on-board microprocessor adjusts automatically CEGARD/MAX-NT’s
to optical conditions within protected area. vandal-resistant features
As conditions change (from dust, dirt, etc.), keep it working right,
microprocessor resets every beam for best and out of harm’s way.
performance under prevailing conditions.
LED current-control system
An LED drive circuit constrains emitting current to Technical Data
lowest possible effective level. Result: reduced stress Supply voltage 17-265VAC/VDC; use Greenfield
on LEDs help extend their life to millions of hours. fittings for voltages >42V
This feature is unique to the GateKeeper product line. Typical response time 90 ms
■
No incidents reported Max. response time 180 ms
With more than 150,000 units in service, not a Range Up to 16ft. (5m)
Current 10VA at 115/230VAC,
single incident report has been recorded. This 200mA at 24VDC
is most meaningful to anyone who has been Fuse 6.3A s/b (5 x 20mm) Fire Recall Phase I & Phase II:
named in a liability suit due to an unreliable door Relay output (3) AC max: 265VAC at 8.0A life-saving protocols in an
protection system. DC max: 125VDC at 0.5A emergency
CSA approved, Fire-Code conformant or 24VDC at 8A
DC min: 5VDC at 10.0mA Fire Recall Phase I
CEDES CEGARD/MAX-NT meets all ANSI (NOTE: If switching high voltage, use If the input labeled “Fire
requirements and other U.S. and Canadian slave relay (not included) Recall Phase I” is activated,
performance standards. Also conforms to Phase I Fire Recall I and II Active: 17-265VAC/VDC the light curtain is disabled
and Phase II Fire Codes. Inactive: 0-5VAC/VDC and nudging is enabled. The
Protection height 71" nudging buzzer sounds; it
Extra-wide 16-ft. operating range Door height 7 to 10ft. remains on during door close
Weary of measuring door openings and matching No. of light beams Up to 154 criss-cross beams and until the car arrives at
them to the right door unit? CEDES CEGARD/MAX- Light suppression >100,000 lux the designated landing. The
NT works with all of them. One model, one part Connection plugs WAGO 6 x 5.08 buzzer remains on for 15
number, one great protection device. Choose 7ft. or Cable length 16 ft. (5m) seconds after the “Fire Service
10ft. model according to door height. Cable extension (avail) 10 ft. (3m) Phase I” input is deactivated.
Cable lifetime 20 million door movements
Moving cable tested to 20,000,000 cycles Fire Recall Phase II
(when installed correctly)
If the input labeled “Fire
Part Number Description Enclosure rating, sensors IP65
Recall Phase II” is activated,
106 700 7ft. CEDES CEGARD/MAX-NT unit w/ Enclosure rating, control unit IP30
the light curtain output is dis-
Vibration/shock IEC 68-2-6 / IEC 68-2-29
mounting kit; (doors up to 7ft. high) abled. The nudging function
Operating temp. range -5° to +150°F (-20° to +65°C)
111 628 10ft. CEDES CEGARD/MAX-NTunit w/ works independent of “Fire
Storage temp. range -20° to +220°F (-30° to +85°C)
Recall Phase II.” Operation
mounting kit; (doors 7 to 10 ft. high) EMC IEC/EN 50081/50082-1, -2;
of the doors is taken over by
103 117 Control unit (power supply) EN 12015 and EN 12016
emergency personnel. This
102 409 Receiver (with blue plug) CSA B44.1/A17.5-1996
eliminates the need for auto-
Mounting kit Complete
102 408 Transmitter (with white plug) matic re-opening and guards
102 788 Receiver cable, 16ft. (blue plug) against false opening caused
by smoke.
102 787 Transmitter cable, 16ft. (white plug)
102 251 Vision shield, 7ft. Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
7.9 www.cedelevator.com 7.9
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 9 1/21/19 12:52 PM
7 Edges
CEDES CEGARD/Mini with UPS & CEDES IMS
■
100 3D Sensor
CONTROLLERS, FIXTURES, DOORS & EDGES
■
with:
8.1 8.1
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 1 1/21/19 12:52 PM
8 Class CC Fuses
ATDR AMP-TRAP 2000®
■
Catalog Symbol
600 Volts AC
FUSES
■
ATM Catalog Symbol & Current Ratings
600 Volts AC - UL Listed and C.S.A.
FUSES
Fast Acting ATM-1⁄10 ATM-3⁄4 ATM-4 ATM-12
Physical Size: 13⁄32" x 11⁄2" ATM- ⁄8
1
ATM-1 ATM-5 ATM-15
(10.3mm x 38.1mm) ATM-2⁄10 ATM-11⁄4 ATM-6 ATM-20
Construction: Melamine Tube; ATM-1⁄4 ATM-11⁄2 ATM-7 ATM-25
■
Nickel Plated Brass Endcaps ATM-3⁄10 ATM-2 ATM-71⁄2 ATM-30
Voltage Rating: ATM- ⁄10
4
ATM-2 ⁄2
1
ATM-8 —
ATM – 600V AC/600V DC ATM-1⁄2 ATM-3 ATM-9 —
2
⁄10–10A: 500V AC/DC, ATM-6⁄10 ATM-31⁄2 ATM-10 —
12–30A: 500VAC/600VDC *500 Volts AC/DC - UL Recognized and C.S.A.
Interrupting Rating:
100,000A
10,000A - RMS SYM. (UL)
Agency Information: Std. 248-14
UL Listed, Guide JDYX, File E33925
CSA Certified, File 53787, Class 1422-01, HRC-Misc
Fast Acting
OTM-1 OTM-4 OTM-8 OTM-20 Physical Size: 13⁄32" x 11⁄2" (10.3mm x 38.1mm)
OTM-2 OTM-5 OTM-10 OTM-25 Construction: Fibre Tube; Nickel Plated Brass Endcaps
OTM-3 OTM-6 OTM-15 OTM-30 Voltage Rating: 250V AC (2⁄10–15A), 125V AC (20–30A)
■
■
Catalog Numbers (250V AC/125V DC)
TR-1⁄10R TR-2R TR-10R TR-100R
Class RK5 Fuses
FUSES
TR-1⁄8R TR-21⁄4R TR-12R TR-110R
TR-15⁄100R TR-21⁄2R TR-15R TR-125R
TR-2⁄10R TR-28⁄10R TR-171⁄2R TR-150R
When sized properly… TR-1⁄4R TR-3R TR-20R TR-175R
■
• Provides motor overload, ground fault and TR-3⁄10R TR-32⁄10R TR-25R TR-200R
short-circuit protection. TR-4⁄10R TR-31⁄2R TR-30R TR-225R
TR-1⁄2R TR-4R TR-35R TR-250R
• Helps protect motors against burnout from overloads TR-6⁄10R TR-41⁄2R TR-40R TR-300R
and from single phasing on three phase systems. TR-8⁄10R TR-5R TR-45R TR-350R
• Simplifies and improves blackout prevention TR-1R TR-56⁄10R TR-50R TR-400R
(selective coordination). TR-11⁄8R TR-6R TR-60R TR-450R
TR-11⁄4R TR-61⁄4R TR-70R TR-500R
TR (250V) TR-14⁄10R TR-7R TR-75R TR-600R
Dual Element Time Delay: TR-11⁄2R TR-71⁄2R TR-80R –
10 seconds (minimum) at 500% rated current TR-16⁄10R TR-8R TR-85R –
Ratings: AC: 1⁄10–600A, 250VAC, 200kA I.R. TR-18⁄10R TR-9R TR-90R –
DC: 1⁄10–28⁄10A & 35 to 400A, 250VDC, 20kA I.R.;
3 to 30A & 450 to 600A, 160VDC, 20kA I.R.
Current Limiting RK5 Fuse Catalog Numbers (600V AC/ 300V DC)
Agency Information: TRS-1⁄10R TRS-2R TRS-10R TRS-100R
Std. 248-12, Class RK5 TRS-1⁄8R TRS-21⁄4R TRS-12R TRS-110R
UL Listed, Guide JDDZ, File E2137 TRS-15⁄100R TRS-21⁄2R TRS-15R TRS-125R
CSA Certified, Class 1422-01, TRS-2⁄10R TRS-28⁄10R TRS-171⁄2R TRS-150R
File 012636 TRS-1⁄4R TRS-3R TRS-20R TRS-175R
TRS-3⁄10R TRS-32⁄10R TRS-25R TRS-200R
TRS (600V) TRS-4⁄10R
TRS-1⁄2R
TRS-31⁄2R
TRS-4R
TRS-30R
TRS-35R
TRS-225R
TRS-250R
Dual Element Time Delay: TRS-6⁄10R TRS-41⁄2R TRS-40R TRS-275R
10 seconds (minimum) at 500%
rated current
TRS-8⁄10R TRS-5R TRS-45R TRS-300R
TRS-1R TRS-56⁄10R TRS-50R TRS-325R
Ratings: AC: 1⁄10–600A, 600VAC, 200kA I.R.
DC: 1⁄10–12A, 600VDC, 20kA I.R.;
TRS-11⁄8R TRS-6R TRS-60R TRS-350R
15 to 60A, 300VDC, 20kA I.R. TRS-11⁄4R TRS-61⁄4R TRS-70R TRS-400R
70 to 600A, 600VDC, 100kA I.R. TRS-14⁄10R TRS-7R TRS-75R TRS-450R
Current Limiting RK5 Fuse TRS-11⁄2R TRS-71⁄2R TRS-80R TRS-500R
Agency Information:
TRS-16⁄10R TRS-8R TRS-85R TRS-600R
Std. 248-12, Class RK5 TRS-18⁄10R TRS-9R TRS-90R –
UL Listed, Guide JDDZ, File E2137
CSA Certified, Class 1422-02, File 012636
Catalog Numbers (600V AC/300V DC)
A6D-1⁄10RSP A6D-21⁄2RSP A6D-12RSP A6D-110RSP
A6D(A)R (600V) A6D-2⁄10RSP
A6D-3⁄10RSP
A6D-28⁄10RSP
A6D-3RSP
A6D-15RSP
A6D-171⁄2RSP
A6D-125RSP
A6D-150RSP
Dual Element Time Delay: A6D-4⁄10RSP A6D-32⁄10RSP A6D-20RSP A6D-175RSP
10 seconds (minimum) at 500% rated
current (8 seconds for 0-30A sizes)
A6D-1⁄2RSP A6D-31⁄2RSP A6D-25RSP A6D-200RSP
A6D-6⁄10RSP A6D-4RSP A6D-30RSP A6D-225RSP
Ampere Ratings: 1⁄10–600 Amps.
A6D-8⁄10RSP A6D-41⁄2RSP A6D-35RSP A6D-250RSP
Voltage Rating: 600 Volts AC (or less), A6D-1RSP A6D-5RSP A6D-40RSP A6D-300RSP
300 Volts DC
A6D-11⁄8RSP A6D-56⁄10RSP A6D-45RSP A6D-350RSP
Current Limiting RK1 Fuse A6D-11⁄4RSP A6D-6RSP A6D-50RSP A6D-400RSP
Interrupting Rating: A6D-14⁄10RSP A6D-61⁄4RSP A6D-60RSP A6D-450RSP
AC: 300,000A RMS Sym. A6D-11⁄2RSP A6D-7RSP A6D-70RSP A6D-500RSP
DC: 100,000A
A6D-16⁄10RSP A6D-8RSP A6D-80RSP A6D-600RSP
Agency Information: A6D-18⁄10RSP A6D-9RSP A6D-90RSP –
UL Listed – Special Purpose,*
Guide JFHR, File E2137
A6D-21⁄4RSP A6D-10RSP A6D-100RSP –
CSA Certified (200,000 A I.R.),
Class RK1 per CSA C22.2, No. 248.12,
Class 1422-02, File 012636
* Meets all performance requirements of Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
8.5
UL Standard 248-12 for Class RK1 fuses.
8.5 www.cedelevator.com
1
⁄8 250V 5 250V
1
⁄4 250V 6 250V GAB
3
⁄8 250V 7 250V Fast-Acting
1
⁄2 250V 8 250V Physical Size: 1⁄4" x 11⁄4" (3AB) (6.3mm x 32mm)
■
3
⁄4 250V 10 250V Construction: Ceramic Tube
1 250V 12 250V Nickel Plated Brass End Caps
2 250V 15 250V Agency Information: Std. 248-14
UL Listed, Guide JDYX File E90660, 0-15A
21⁄2 250V 20 250V
UL Recognized, Guide JDYX2, File E19180, 20-25A
3 250V 25 250V CSA Certification, Class 1422-01, File 53787,
4 250V 30 250V 0-15A, Class 1422-30, File 53787, 20-25A
Current Rated Voltage (Max.) Current Rated Voltage (Max.)
Rating AC DC1,2 Rating AC DC1,2
1
⁄100 250V 250V 11⁄4 250V 250V
1
⁄32 250V 250V 11⁄2 250V 250V
1
⁄16 250V 250V 13⁄4 250V 250V
1
1
⁄10
⁄8
250V
250V
250V
250V
16⁄10
2
250V
250V
250V
250V
GGC
15
⁄100 250V 250V 21⁄4 250V 250V GGC-V (Axial Leads)
175
⁄1000 250V 250V 21⁄2 250V 250V Fast-Acting
3
⁄16 250V 250V 3 250V 250V Physical Size: 1⁄4" x 11⁄4" (3AG) (6.3mm x 32mm)
2
⁄10 250V 250V 32⁄10 250V 250V Construction: Glass Tube
1
⁄4 250V 250V 4 250V 250V Nickel Plated Brass End Caps
3
⁄10 250V 250V 5 250V 250V Agency Information: Std. 248-14
3
⁄8 250V 250V 6 250V 250V UL Listed, Guide JDYX, File E90660, 0-10A
4
⁄10 250V 250V 63⁄10 250V 250V UL Recognized, Guide JDYX2, File E19180, 15-30A
CSA Certification, Class 1422-01, File 53787
1
⁄2 250V 250V 7 32V 32V
6
⁄10 250V 250V 71⁄2 32V 32V
3
⁄4 250V 250V 8 32V 32V
8
⁄10 250V 250V 10 32V 32V
1 250V 250V 12 250V 250V
Current Rated Voltage (Max.)
Rating AC DC1,2
Current Rated Voltage (Max.)
Rating AC DC1,2 GDL
1
1
⁄16
⁄10
250V
250V
250V
250V
1 ⁄4
1
11⁄2
250V
250V
250V
250V
GDL-V (Axial Leads)
1
⁄8 250V 250V 16⁄10 250V 250V Time-Delay
15
⁄100 250V 250V 18⁄10 250V 250V Physical Size: 1⁄4" x 11⁄4" (3AG) (6.3mm x 32mm)
175
⁄1000 250V 250V 2 250V 250V Construction: Glass Tube
Nickel Plated Brass End Caps
3
⁄16 250V 250V 21⁄4 250V 250V
Agency Information: Std. 248-14
2
⁄10 250V 250V 21⁄2 250V 250V UL Listed, Guide JDYX, File E90660; 1⁄16-8A
1
⁄4 250V 250V 28⁄10 250V 250V CSA Certification Class 1422-01, File 53787, 1⁄16–8A
3
⁄10 250V 250V 3 250V 250V UL Recognized, Guide JDYX2, File E19180, 8.1–30A
3
⁄8 250V 250V 32⁄10 250V 250V
4
⁄10 250V 250V 4 250V 250V
1
⁄2 250V 250V 5 250V 250V
6
⁄10 250V 250V 6 250V 250V
7
⁄10 250V 250V 61⁄4 250V 250V
3
⁄4 250V 250V 7 250V 250V
8
⁄10 250V 250V 8 250V 250V
1 250V 250V 10 32V 32V
1
DC ratings are self certified. 20-8A is UL listed for 125VDC. Additional sizes available upon request.
■
FUSES
GGM Current Ratings
Rated Voltage: 250V AC
GGM-V (Axial Leads) Breaking Capacity: 35A/250V, 10kA/125V, p.f. = 0.7–0.8
63mA 200mA 315mA 750mA
■
Fast-Acting 100mA 250mA 500mA 800mA
Physical Size: 0.197" x 0.788" (5mm x 20mm)
125mA 300mA 600mA 1A
Construction: Glass Tube, Nickel Plated Brass End Caps
Breaking Capacity: 100A/250V, 10kA/125V, p.f. = 0.7–0.8
Agency Information: Std. 248-14
1.25A 1.5A 1.6A 2A 2.5A
UL Listed Guide JDYX, File E90660, 1⁄10 –3
UL Recognized, Guide JDYX2, File E90660, 7—15A
CSA Certified, Class 1422-01, File E90660, 0—6A Rated Voltage: 125V AC
Breaking Capacity: 10kA/125V, p.f. = 0.7–0.8
3.15A 3.5A 5A 4A 6A
Breaking Capacity: 200A/125V, p.f. = 1.0
7A 8A
Breaking Capacity: 150A/125V, p.f. = 1.0
10A 15A
Current Ratings
Rated Voltage: 250V AC
Breaking Capacity: 35A/250V, 10kA/125V, p.f. = 0.7–0.8
63mA 150mA 315mA 630mA
GSC 80mA 200mA 400mA 750mA
GSC-V (Axial Leads) 100mA
125mA
250mA
300mA
500mA
600mA
800mA
1A
Medium Time-Delay Breaking Capacity: 100A/250V, 10kA/125V, p.f. = 0.7–0.8
Physical Size: 0.197" x 0.788" (5mm x 20mm) 1.25A 1.6A 2.5A 3A 3.15A
Construction: Glass Tube, nickel plated brass end caps 1.5A 2A
Electrical Characteristics
Current Max Voltage Current Max Voltage GSD
Rating
50mA
l2t
0.0017
Drop (mV)
9000
Rating
630mA
l2t
0.064
Drop (mV)
1200
GSD-V (Axial Leads)
■
63mA 0.0005 3300 800mA 0.097 490 Fast-Acting, High Breaking Capacity
80mA 0.0011 2600 1A 0.480 230 Physical Size: 0.197" x 0.788" (5mm x 20mm)
100mA 0.0018 2300 1.25A 0.9 200 Construction: Ceramic Tube, Nickel Plated Brass Endcaps
125mA 0.0037 1900 1.6A 1.9 180 Voltage Rating: 250V AC or less
160mA 0.008 1600 2A 2.0 205 Interrupting Rating: 1500A @ 250V AC
200mA 0.020 1350 2.5A 3.9 190 Agency Information: UL Recognized, Guide JDYX2,
250mA 0.027 1300 3.15A 8.1 160 File E75865, 50mA and 315mA-6.3A
315mA 0.010 1400 4A 14 160 SEMKO Approval 50mA, 200mA and 315mA-6.3A
IEC 127-SI
400mA 0.018 1200 5A 25 155
500mA 0.038 1050 6.3A 48 150
Electrical Characteristics
Current Max Voltage Current Max Voltage GDG
Rating
32mA
l2t
0.0014
Drop (mV)
1050
Rating
500mA
l2t
0.75
Drop (mV)
168 GDG-V (Axial Leads)
40mA 0.0034 920 630mA 1.3 158 Time Delay, Low Breaking Capacity
50mA 0.006 800 800mA 3.1 132 Physical Size: 0.197" x 0.788" (5mm x 20mm)
63mA 0.012 760 1A 3.6 85 Construction: Ceramic Tube, Nickel Plated Brass Endcaps
80mA 0.015 580 1.25A 7 80 Voltage Rating: 250V AC or less
100mA 0.022 490 1.6A 10 80 Interrupting Rating: 35A @ 250V AC
125mA 0.034 390 2A 17 80 Agency Information: Designed to IEC (Pub 127) Sheet III
160mA 0.052 320 2.5A 34 80 British Standard Approval
200mA 0.078 340 3.15A 56 75 SEMKO Approval; VDE Approval, IMQ
UL Recognized, Guide JDYX2, File E75865, 32mA-6.3A
250mA 0.17 270 4A 91 75
315mA 0.41 250 5A 133 75
400mA 0.61 210 6.3A 270 65
■
FUSES
OTN & OTS - One-Time
General Purpose, Non-Current Limiting
Ampere Ratings: 1⁄8–600 Amps.
■
Voltage Rating:
NON: 250 Volts AC, 125 Volts DC (0–100A);
NOS: 600 Volts AC
Interrupting Rating: 50,000A RMS Sym. (1–60A),
10,000A RMS Sym. (65–600A)
10,000A @ 125V DC (NON 0–100A)
Agency Information:
UL Listed 250V: Class K5 (0–60A), Std. 248-9
Class H (65–600A), Std. 248-6
600V:Class K5 (0–60A), Std. 248-9
Class H (70–600A,) Std. 248-6
Guide JDDZ, File E2137
CSA Certified – 250V: (0–12, 65–600) 600V: (0–600)
Class 1421-01, File 012636
■
FUSES
MERSEN # BUSSMANN# LITTELFUSE # MERSEN # BUSSMANN# LITTELFUSE # MERSEN # BUSSMANN# LITTELFUSE #
GDL1/10 MDL 1/10 313.01 GAB1/4 ABC-1/4 314.25 ATDR1 FNQR1 KLDR1
GDL3/4 MDL 3/4 313.75 GAB1/2 ABC1/2 314.500 ATDR1/2 FNQR1/2 KLDR1/2
GGC2 AGC2 312002 GGC3/4 ABC-3/4 314.75 ATDR1/4 FNQR1/4 KLDR1/4
GMA-500MA 235.500 GAB1 ABC1 314001 ATDR1/4 FNQ-R-1/4 KLDR1/4
GMA1A 235001 GAB2 ABC2 314002 ATDR1/8 FNQR1/8 KLDR1/8
■
GGM4 GMA-4A 235004 GAB3 ABC-3 314003 ATDR10 FNQR10 KLDR10
GMC-500MA 239.500 GAB4 ABC-4 314004 ATDR1-1/2 FNQR1-1/2 KLDR1-1/2
GMC-1A 239001 GAB5 ABC5 314005 ATDR1-1/4 FNQR1-1/4 KLDR1-1/4
GSC3 GMC3A 239003 GAB6 ABC-6 314006 ATDR1-1/8 FNQR1-1/8 KLDR1-1/8
GSRV1/16 MCR-1/16 251.062 GAB7 ABC-7 314007 ADTR1-4/10 FNQR1-4/10 find
GSRV1/8 MCR-1/8 251.125 GAB8 ABC8 314008 ATDR1-6/10 FNQR1-6/10 KLDR1-6/10
GSRV1/4 MCR-1/4 251.25 GAB10 ABC10 314010 ATDR2 FNQR2 KLDR2
GSRV3/8 MCR-3/8 251.375 GAB12 ABC-12 314012 ATDR2-1/2 FNQR2-1/2 KLDR2-1/2
GSRV1/2 MCR-1/2 251.5 GAB15 ABC15 314015 ATDR2-1/4 FNQR2-1/4 KLDR2-1/4
GSRV3/4 MCR-3/4 251.75 GAB20 ABC-20 314020 ATDR2-8/10 FNQR2-8/10 KLDR2-8/10
GSRV1 MCR1 251001 GAB25 ABC25 314025 ATDR3 FNQR3 KLDR3
GSRV2 MCR2 251002 GSA10 MDA-10 326010 ATDR3/10 FNQR3/10 KLDR3/10
GSRV3 MCR-3 251003 GSA15 MDA-15 326015 ATDR3/4 FNQR3/4 KLDR3/4
GSRV4 MCR4 251004 ATDR10 CCMR10 ATDR3-1/2 FNQR3-1/2 KLDR3-1/2
GSRV5 MCR-5 251005 ATDR1 1/4 CCMR1-1/4 ATDR4 FNQR4 KLDR4
GSRV7 MCR-7 251007 LP-CC-20 CCMR20 ATDR4/10 FNQR4/10 KLDR4/10
GSRV1-1/2 MCR-1 1/2 25101.5 ATDR4 CCMR4 ATDR5 FNQR5 KLDR5
GSRV10 MCR-10 251010 ATDR5 CCMR5 ATDR6 FNQR6 KLDR6
GSRV2-1/2 MCR-2 1/2 25102.5 ATDR6 CCMR6 ATDR6/10 FNQR6/10 KLDR6/10
GSRV3-1/2 MCR-3 1/2 25103.5 TRM30 FNW-30 FLM-30 ATDR6-1/4 FNQR6-1/4 KLDR6-1/4
273001 TR 1R FRNR1 FLN-R 1 ATDR7 FNQR7 KLDR7
273004 TR 1 8/10 R FRNR1-8/10 FLN-R 1 8/10 ATDR7-1/2 FNQR7-1/2 KLDR7-1/2
GGC1/8 AGC-1/8 312.125 TR 10R FRN-R 10 FLN-R 10 ATDR8 FNQR8 KLDR8
GGC3/8 AGC-3/8 312.375 TR 15R FRN-R 15 FLN-R 15 ATDR8/10 FNQR8/10 KLDR8/10
GGC3/8 AGC3/8 312.375 TR 17 1/2 R FRN-R 17 1/2 FLN-R 17 1/2 ATDR9 FNQR9 KLDR9
GGC1/2 AGC1/2 312.500 TR 2R FRNR2 FLN-R 2 ATM1/2 KTK 1/2 KLK 1/2
GGC3/4 AGC-3/4 312.75 TR 2 1/2 R FRNR2-1/2 FLN-R 2 1/2 KLM-1 KLK D 1
GGC1 AGC1 312001 TR 20R FRN-R 20 FLN-R 20 KLM-2 KLK D 2
GGC1 AGC1 312001 TR 25R FRN-R 25 FLN-R 25 ATM1 KTK1 KLK1
GGC3 AGC3 312003 TR 3R FRNR3 FLN-R 3 ATM1/10 KTK 1/10 KLK1/10
GGC3 AGC-3 312003 TR 30R FRN-R 30 FLN-R 30 ATM1/10 KTK 1/10 KLK1/10
GGC4 AGC4 312004 TR 35R FRNR35 FLN-R 35 ATM1/4 KTK 1/4 KLK1/4
GGC5 AGC5 312005 TR 4R FRNR4 FLN-R 4 ATM1/8 KTK 1/8 KLK1/8
GGC6 AGC6 312006 TR 40R FRN-R 40 FLN-R 40 ATM10 KTK10 KLK10
GGC1-1/2 AGC112F 31201.5 TR 50R FRN-R 50 FLN-R 50 ATM1-1/2 KTK 1 1/2 KLK1-1/2
GGC10 AGC10 312010 TR 6R FRN-R 6 FLN-R 6 ATM12 KTK 12 KLK12
GGC10 AGC10 312010 TR 6 1/4 R FRNR614F FLN-R 6 1/4 ATM15 KTK15 KLK15
GDL1 MDL 1 313 001 TR 60R FRNR60 FLN-R 60 ATM2 KTK2 KLK2
GDL1 MDL1 313 001 TR 7R FRN-R 7 FLN-R 7 ATM2/10 KTK 2/10 KLK2/10
GDL2 MDL2 313 002 TR 8R FRN-R 8 FLN-R 8 ATM20 KTK20 KLK20
GDL3 MDL3 313 003 TR-R-100 FRNR100 FLNR100 ATM2-1/2 KTK 2 1/2 KLK2-1/2
GDL4 MDL-4 313 004 TRSR10 FRSR10 FLSR10 ATM25 KTK 25 KLK25
GDL5 MDL5 313 005 TRSR15 FRSR15 FLSR15 ATM3 KTK3 KLK3
GDL7 MDL7 313 007 TRSR20 FRSR20 FLSR20 ATM3/10 KTK 3/10 KLK3/10
GDL1-1/2 MDL1-1/2 313 01.5 TRSR25 FRSR25 FLSR25 ATM30 KTK30 KLK30
GDL10 MDL10 313 010 TRSR3 FRSR3 FLSR3 ATM3-1/2 KTK 3 1/2 KLK3-1/2
GDL12 MDL-12 313 012 TRSR30 FRSR30 FLSR30 ATM4 KTK4 KLK4
GDL15 MDL15 313 015 TRSR4 FRSR4 FLSR4 ATM5 KTK5 KLK5
GDL2-1/2 MDL2 1/2 313 02.5 TRSR40 FRSR40 FLSR40 ATM6 KTK6 KLK6
GDL20 MDL20 313 020 TRSR5 FRSR5 FLSR5 ATM7 KTK 7 KLK7
GDL25 MDL-25 313 025 TRSR6 FRSR6 FLSR6 ATM8 KTK8 KLK8
GDL3-2/10 MDL3-2/10 313 03.2 LPJ-17 1/2 SP JTD 17 1/2 ATM9 KTK 9 KLK9
GDL30 MDL-30 313 030 AJT20 LPJ-20 SP JTD 20 ATMR15 KTKR15 KLKR15
GDL1-1/4 MDL1-1/4 313 1.25 AJT25 LPJ-25 SP JTD 25 ATMR5 KTKR5 KLKR5
GDL2-1/4 MDL-2 1/4 313 2.25 AJT30 LPJ-30 SP JTD 30 ATMR6 KTK-R 6 KLKR6
GDL6-1/4 MDL614F 313 6.25 AJT35 LPJ-35 SP JTD 35 OT1 NON1 NLN1
GDL1/16 MDL116F 313.062 AJT40 LPJ-40 SP JTD 40 OT10 NON10 NLN10
GDL1/8 MDL18F 313.125 AJT45 LPJ-45 SP JTD 45 OT100 NON100 NLN100
GDL1/4 MDL1/4 313.25 AJT60 LPJ-60 SP JTD 60 OT15 NON15 NLN15
GDL1/2 MDL1/2 313.5 AJT70 LPJ-70 SP JTD 70 OT2 NON2 NLN2
(CONTINUED NEXT PAGE)
Questions? Answers at… The products listed on this page are manufactured by
Western US: 866 CED-ELEV Eastern US: 866-253-2915 Bussmann
8.12 or 866-233-3538 • Fax 562-427-8429 or 860-256-2211 • Fax 860-290-8970
9.1 9.1
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 1 1/21/19 12:52 PM
9 Orange Sticks , Oil Clean-up
& Splines
■
GENERAL PURPOSE
Orange Sticks
Orange Sticks (called so because they were originally
made from orange wood) can be used for forming,
shaping and positioning fine magnet wire where
fingers can’t reach or work comfortably. Also used
for opening and holding open, contacts on relays,
probing energized circuits for finding poor connections
and faults and PCB repairs. These hardwood, non
conductive, sticks have tapered ends for prying open
■
Pit Pads
For oil clean-up. Absorb oil, not water. Clean easier
and more efficiently than granular type cleaners.
Absorb 25 times their own weight. Box of 100,
12oz, 17"x 3⁄8" polypropylene pads.
Part Number Description
ATGPB-H Pit Pads
Material Hooks
Put a handle on your guide rails with less pain, less
strain. Hooks are either parallel or at right angle to
the handle, 12" or 36" long overall.
Part Number Description
11-403 12”
11-404 36”
■
Name:__________________________________________________________Date: ________________________________________
GENERAL PURPOSE
Email: ______________________________________________________________Phone: __________________________________
Company:____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Address: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Job Name:____________________________________________________________________________________________________
■
A. Overall Ladder Length _______________________
C
B. Pit Depth ______________________
A
_____________________________________________________________ 5/8” DIA. RUNGS E
_____________________________________________________________
12” STANDARD
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________ F
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________ B
_____________________________________________________________
Top View D
PIT WALL
5”
■
GENERAL PURPOSE
Clean Mat provides a unique, easy to use, cost-
effective solution for capturing dirt before it is
tracked in. Comprised of 30 layers of adhesive-
coated film that effectively removes dirt from shoes.
When the exposed layer is completely used, simply
peel it off to expose a clean layer.
Part Number Description
CM2436W4 24"x 36"—4 pads
■
Carpet Mask CLEAN STEP
• Roll it on, stays in place
• Easy to use and to move
• Clear, tough, 2-mil. non-skid surface
• Temporary protection, up to 30 days
• Great for hallways and stairs
• Use on all types of synthetic carpets
60 LAYERS OF PROTECTION!
• Tear and puncture resistant
Part Number Description Part Number Description
CS24200L 24" x 200' CS36250 36"x250'
CS24500 24" x 500' CS365000 36"x500'
CS24000 24" x 1000' CS361000 36"x1000'
CS30200 30" x 200' CS48500 48"x500'
CS481000 48"x1000'
DURA MASK
CARPET MASK
Floor Shield
• Specially formulated self-adhesive poly runner
• Durable protection
• Resistant to tearing and scuffing
• Ideal for countertops
• Protects hard surfaces such as linoleum, ceramic
tile, cultured marble, etc.
• Temporary protection, up to 30 days
Part Number Description Part Number Description
FS2450C 24" x 50' FS36250 36"x250'
■
Applicators
• Fast and easy for large areas of carpet
• Durable, heavy duty construction
• Saves time and labor
• Fits 200' and 1000' rolls in both widths
Part Number/Applicator Size
A21/21"; A2436/24", 30", 36"; A3660
APPLICATOR
51-2
■
Adams Keyswitches
Key Code Contacts Config.
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
DPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SP3T
SP3T
SP3T
SP3T
SP3T
GENERAL PURPOSE
—
All Adams keyswitches use our Survivor base and
Survivor/Plus® Base
6
4
4
4
4
4
2
4
4
4
6
2
4
4
4
2-, 3-, and 4-position configurations. 2-position
WD01
MAxxx
MAxxx
AE102
AE102
MAxxx
AE102
AE102
WD01
WD01
WD01
WD01
WD01
WD01
H341
switches are rated B300, Q300. All locks are 5-disk
—
tumbler type. Key movement is 12:00/3:00 for 2-pull
models; 9:00/12:00/3:00 for 3-pull models; and
AKC0054A
AKC0052A
AKC0054A
AKC0054A
AKC0054A
AKC0052A
AKC0052A
AKC0052A
AKC0054A
AKC0054A
AKC0054A
AKC0056
Key only
Custom
Custom
Custom
—
Keyswitches are available in 1⁄8” or 1⁄4” high halos. Order
a complete assembly, halo only, base only, keyswitch
only, or replacement key. Keyswitches can also be
HRR0187V
Halo only*
HRR0192V
HRR0194V
A448R182
A448R189
A448B113
A448B114
A448B117
A448R187
A448R181
A448R181
■
—
—
—
—
AS480B317
AS480R387
AS480R381
AS480R381
Halo Only*
Classic™
—
—
—
—
Ordering Keyswitches
HBD0113W
HBD0114W
HBD0119W
HBD0113W
HBD0117W
HBD0114W
HBD0117W
Halo Only*
HBD0182R
HBD0192R
HBD0189R
HBD0194R
HBD0181R
HBD0187R
HBD0181R
HBD0181R
Designer™
HRR0187
A449R182
A449R189
A449B119
A449B113
A449B114
A449B113
A449B117
A449B114
A449B117
A449R181
A449R187
A449R181
A449R181
—————Survivor® Part Number————
HRR0192
HRR0194
Complete
AS469A17
AS468A205
AS468A305
AS468A202
AS468A218
AS468A115
AS468A115
AS468A113
AS468A113
AS468A113
AS468A101
AS468A101
AS468A101
AS469A17
AS469A17
style halo.]
AS468K06
AS469K04
AS468K09
AS468K39
AS468K30
Keyswitch
AS468K07
AS468K17
AS468K15
AS468K16
AS469K14
AS468K11
AS468K18
AS468K14
AS468K01
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0
0
0
0
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
M
M
M
M
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Fire Service X
X
X
X
Down
Down
Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
Bypass
Down
Reset
Reset
9:00
———Halo designations/locations———
Fire Recall
Fire Service
for bronze.]
5. Length of Base: 2 contacts 1.875" deep, 4 contacts
Fire Recall
Fire Recall
12:00 3:00
Off On
Off On
Off On
OFF On
Off On
Off On
Off On
Up
Panel Control
2000 Code
Function
Phase I
Service
(Hall)
Fire
Notes:
Blank Keyswitch Halos:
A450H4B, Survivor, black, 1⁄8"h
AS472-12B, Designer, black, 1⁄8"h
A450H4R, Survivor, red, 1⁄8"h
AS472-12R, Designer, red, 1⁄8"h
Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
9.7 www.cedelevator.com 9.7
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 7 1/21/19 12:52 PM
9
9.8
■ ■
GENERAL PURPOSE
—————Survivor® Part Number————
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 8
———Halo designations/locations——— ————Keypulls———— Complete Designer™ Classic™ Survivor/Plus® Base
Function 12:00 3:00 6:00 9:00 12:00 3:00 6:00 9:00 Keyswitch Switch Only Halo Only* Halo Only* Halo Only* Halo only* Key only Key Code Contacts Config.
Hold On Fire Service Off X X — X AS468K05 AS468A201 A449R186 HBD0186R AS480R386 A448R186 AKC0054A WD01 4 SP3T
Fire Hold On Fire Service Off X X — X AS468K25 AS468A116 A449R186 HBD0186R — — AKC0054A WD01 4 *
Service Hold On Fire Service Off X X — X AS468K13 AS468A102 A449R186 HBD0186R — — AKC0054A WD01 6 SP3T
(Car) Hold On Fire Service Off X X — X AS468K29 AS468A123 A449R186 HBD0186R AS480R386 A448R186 — H341 6 SP3T
Phase II Off On Fire Service X 0 — — AS469K01 AS469A02 A449R182 HBD0182R — — AKC0054A WD01 2 SPDT
Off On Fire Recall X 0 — — AS469K20 AS469A02 A449R187 HBD0187R — — AKC0054A WD01 2 SPDT
2000 Code Hold On Fire Operation Off X 0 — X AS468K32 AS468A149 HRR0190 — — HRR0190V AKC0054A WD01 4 SP3T
(Optional Halo) Hold On Off — — — — — — HRR0195 — — — — — — —
Off On Fan X X — — AS469K12 AS469A05A A449B109 HBD0109W AS480B309 A448B109 AKC0051 MM101 2 SPDT
Fan High Med Low Off X X X X AS468K21 AS468A207 A449B123 HBD0123W AS480B323 A448B123 AKC0051 MM101 4 *
High Low Fan Off X X — X AS468K02 AS468A104 A449B110 HBD0110W AS480B310 A448B110 AKC0051 MM101 4 SPDT
Light Fan Off X X — X AS468K03 AS468A104 A449B112 HBD0112W AS480B312 A448B112 AKC0051 MM101 4 SPDT
www.cedelevator.com
Fan/Light Light High Low Off X X X X AS468K20 AS468A207 A449B122 HBD0122W AS480B322 A448B122 AKC0051 MM101 4 *
Off On Fan/Light X X — — AS469K10 AS469A05A A449B111 HBD0111W AS480B311 A448B111 AKC0051 MM101 2 SPST
Notes:
Off On Emer. Power X X — — AS469K16 AS469A05 A449R183 HBD0183R AS480R383 A448R183 AKC0051 MM101 2 SPDT
Run Stop X X — — AS469K21 AS469A04C A449R188 HBD0188R AS480R388 A448R188 (Blk) AKC0052A AE102 2 DPST
Emergency
Run Stop X X AS468K26 AS468A409 A449R188 HBD0188R — A448R190 (Red) AKC0052A AE102 4 DPDT
Off On Code Blue X M* AS468K28 AS468A113 HBR0150 — — — AKC0052A AE102 4 DPDT
Run Stop X X — — AS468K31 — — — — AS458-10* AKC0052A AE102 4 —
On Hosp.
Off X 0 — — AS469K03 AS469A07 A449R185 HBD0185R AS480R385 A448R185 AKC0052A AE102 2 SPDT
Service Service
Off On Ind. Service X X — — AS469K05 AS469A05 A449B103 HBD0103W AS480B303 A448B103 AKC0051 MM101 2 SPDT
Off On Attendent X X — — AS469K06 AS469A05 A449B107 HBD0107W AS480B307 A448B107 AKC0051 MM101 2 SPDT
9.8
1/21/19 12:52 PM
LEDs 9
for Adams Fixtures
■
GENERAL PURPOSE
Survivor Buttons & Bases
®
AS451A AS451C
Part Number Description
AS451A Contact Base with Lamp Holder (2NO)
AS451A-02 Contact Base for LEDs (2NO)
AS451C Contact base with Lamp Holder (1NO/1NC)
AS458C2 Illuminated Button & Halo (no base)
AS458C6 Survivor®PLUS Complete Button Assembly,
Illuminated, Stainless Steel (1NO/NC)
■
W454BC1
Clear Lens Cap for Position Indicator
Lens 146A560H05.
Part Number W454BC1
EC18400
ED020000
EB02100
■
EA18300
■
GENERAL PURPOSE
ElscoTM Descriptions:
Neoprene - roller wheels are the
ELSCO standard, recommended for
most passenger applications. Optimized
to provide premium ride quality
CED—ELSCO PRODUCT GUIDE
and low noise, only genuine ELSCO
neoprene wheels provide the damping FLEX-MOUNT ADAPTER PLATE
characteristics essential to ride quality,
and only genuine ELSCO neoprene EA07100 CAR
wheels are engineered with high EC07100 COUNTERWEIGHT
“memory” characteristics that prevent
*FOR SEISMIC VERSION, SPECIFY RAIL SIZE
flat spots.
■
Green Poly -roller wheels offer a
compromise solution where challenging
static loading conditions are expected, SLIDE GUIDES
yet ride quality remains a priority. ELSCO
SA-15 SC-8
green poly rollers are compounded to a
EF04114 EF04116
medium hardness that is able to handle
high static loads, but retains some SA-8 SD-8
ride quality benefits. Green poly rollers EF04112 EF04118
are most commonly recommended in
hospital cars and high speed passenger/
service elevators.
(Recommended also for passenger
elevators in which the rollers need to SLIDE GUIDE INSERTS EF04127 Insert for SA-15 EF04137 Insert for SA-15, for 3/4" rail
have more preload in order to center the EF04125 Insert for SA-8 and SC-8 EF04129 Insert for SD-8 EF04139 Insert for SA-8, for 3/4" rail
elevator or counterweight)
Red Poly - roller wheels are typically
recommended for extreme freight
COVER PLATES
COVER PLATES SPARE ROLLERS SPARE ROLLERS
applications. Using a very hard tread Part No DescriptionA49 Part No DescriptionA49
EA18333 Cover Plate Kit - Model A
compound, these rollers are engineered EA18333 Cover Plate Kit - Model A EB06015 Models A & B w/ 15# Rail
EB02123 Cover Plate Kit - Model B EA18347 6" dia. red poly roller-side
to withstand the high static loading EB02123 Cover Plate Kit - Model B EA18347EA18348
6" dia. red poly roller-side
EC18403 Cover Plate Kit - Model C 6" dia. red poly roller-face
conditions typically encountered in EC18403 Cover EA18348EA18381
ED02013 CoverPlate Kit --Model
Plate Kit ModelD C 6" dia. red poly
6" dia. roller-face
green poly roller-side
freight elevators and severely unbalanced
cars. This resistance to deflection comes
ED02013
EE02214 Cover
CoverPlate Kit--Model
Plate Kit ModelE D EA18381EA18382
6" dia. green
6" dia. poly
greenroller-side
poly roller-face
at the expense of ride quality and noise EE02214
EY02096 Cover
CoverPlate Kit--Express
Plate Kit Model3E EA18382EC18441
6" dia. green
3 1/4" poly roller-face
dia. red poly roller
suppression; these wheels are therefore EY02096
EX02009 Cover
CoverPlate Kit--Express
Plate Kit Express6 3 EC18441EC18446
3 1/4" dia. reddia.
3 1/4" poly roller
green poly roller
not commonly recommended for EX02009 Cover Plate Kit - Express 6 EC18446EC18446 3 1/4" dia. green
3 1/4" dia. green poly rollerpoly roller
passenger elevators. SEISMIC PLATES EC18446
EE02203 3 1/4" dia. neoprene roller
3 1/4" dia. green poly roller
EE02203 3 1/4" dia. neoprene roller
Slide Guides – ELSCO slide guides SEISMIC
EB06015PLATES
Models A & B w/ 15# Rail EE02203EE02209
3 1/4" dia. neoprene roller
3 1/4" dia. red poly roller
provide ride quality in a cost-effective EE02203EE02219
3 1/4" dia. neoprene
EB06018
Part No Models A A49
Description & B w/ 18 1/2# Rail 3 1/4" dia. greenroller
poly roller
package for those applications that do
not allow for the installation of roller
ED06008
EB06015 Models C & D w/ 8# rail
Models A & B w/ 15# Rail EE02209EE02219
3 1/4" dia. reddia.
3 1/4" poly roller
green poly roller
ED06015 Models C & D w/ 15# rail
guides. ELSCO slide guides are spring EB06018 Models A & B w/ 18 1/2# Rail EE02219EX02002
3 1/4" dia. green
10" dia. poly roller
neoprene roller
EE06008 Model E w/ 8# Rail
loaded with adjustable stops and ED06008
EE06015 Models
Model ECw/ & 15#
D w/Rail8# rail EE02219EX02003
3 1/4" dia. green
10" dia. red poly roller
poly roller
Molybdenum Disulfide-Filled Nylon ED06015 Models C & D w/ 15# rail EX02002 10" dia. neoprene roller
inserts, which allows for the rail to not EE06008 Model E w/ 8# Rail EX02003 10" dia. red poly roller
have to be lubricated. There are four
options. The SA-15 and SA-8 are for EE06015 Model E w/ 15# Rail
elevator cars and the SC-8 and SD-8 are
for counterweights. The SA-15 and SA-8
can be modified for 18.5# rail.
Flex-Mount Adapter Plates – ELSCO’s
solution to mounting ELSCO guides onto
pre-existing hole patterns. The patented
adapter plates are universal and work
with most pre-existing bolt patterns.
There are two sizes, one for the car and
one for the counterweight. There is a
seismic version available. Be sure to note
the rail size when ordering the seismic
Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
9.11
version.
www.cedelevator.com 9.11
46239_CED Sect1-9.indd 11 1/21/19 12:52 PM
9 Rollers
Esco
■
GENERAL PURPOSE
■
■
3
⁄4"
Makes door closings quieter; seals out light
GENERAL PURPOSE
between doors. Flexible black rubber, reversing
astragal for 3⁄8"-wide groove; install one on door, 3 ⁄ 32 "
and one on jamb or opposite door. Eight-foot
lengths; easily cut to size at job site.
Part Number A853L
11
⁄32" use 2, reverse 1
■
A5612A2 43⁄4" x 2"x 11⁄4" Med. Soft 1
A5612A6 43⁄4" x 1⁄2" x 1⁄4v Fine hard 4
BRSRX12FH BRUSH SEATING CLEANING STONE, 4-3/4" X 1/2" X 1/4" evils that result from sparking and heating.
BRSRX16MS BRUSH CLEANING & SEATING STONE, MEDIUM SOFT GRADE,
4-3/4" x 1" x 1"
BRSRX18FH BRUSH SEATING CLEANING STONE, 4-3/4" X 3/8" X 1/4" Diamond D Contact Burnishers
These exceptional tools are designed to burnish and
polish all types of contacts without removing virtually
any precious metal. They leave no grit, no filings, no
dust and no film that would start new carbon build-
up. Diamond D Contact Burnishers perform superbly
on all types of metal, including silver, gold, platinum,
molybdenum and tungsten. We have designed
them with just enough stiffness to apply the proper
pressure to the contact face. Our contact burnishers
Part Number Description are available either with plastic handles or in our
BURNX4 CONTACT BURNISHING TOOL, 12 PK, handy Pocket Pen Holder. Proven by years and years of
3-1/2" LONG, 1/4" W x .011" faithful field ser vice, these tools have greatly extended
the lives of millions of contacts.
Resurfacing Stones
These are unmounted stones (no handles). The smaller
sizes are used for small motors and generators. The
larger sizes are clamped in a lathe or portable grinder.
■
You’ll never find a more versatile tool than this one. The
shape can be quickly changed to fit any job. Simply dip
GENERAL PURPOSE
the tool in hot water for one minute, then bend the
handle to suit your particular application. The holder and
inserts are both non-conductive, so the tool is extremely
safe to use. The exclusive hex nut and screw locking
assembly permits replacement and locking of inserts,
eliminating the chance of the stone working its way
loose. With this versatile treating kit you’ll find
Part Number Description
it easy to keep small commutators operating at
DIAMX2000 MARTINDALE COMMUTATOR TREATING KIT, ALL GRADES OF
peak efficiency.
STONES & HOLDER
Flexible Files
■
This unique product offers all of the traditional features
of ordinary files — plus the flexibility you often need.
Plastone flexible files are made of hard abrasive
materials pressed into a flexible core. This enables you
to bend or twist these tools any way you like to reach
curved surfaces and otherwise hard-to-reach areas.
Because they are non-conductive, these special files are
popular for dressing automotive, electrical and electronic
contacts.
Part Number Description
Many other uses can be found for these FLXFX1002 FLEXIBLE FILE, 12 PK, 1/4" W x 4-3/4" L x .020" T, 240 GRIT (EXTRA-FINE)
inexpensive files, wherever fine finishing of FLXFX1004 FLEXIBLE FILE, 12 PK, 3/8" W x 4-3/4" L x .020" T, 240 GRIT (EXTRA-FINE)
metals is required. They are impervious to oil FLXFX1044 FLEXIBLE FILE, 12 PK, 3/8" W x 4-3/4" L x .025" T, 120 GRIT (MEDIUM)
and water; accumulations of grease can be
FLXFX1045 FLEXIBLE FILE, 12 PK, 1/2" W x 4-3/4" L x .025" T, 180 GRIT (FINE)
washed from them with cleaning solvents or
FLXFX3004 FLEXIBLE FILE, 12 PK, 3/8" W x 4-3/4" L x .040" T, 180 GRIT (FINE)
soap and water.
FLXFX3033 FLEXIBLE FILE, 12 PK, 3/8" W x 4-3/4" L x .040" T, 80 GRIT (COARSE)
FLXFX3045 FLEXIBLE FILE, 12 PK, 1/2" W x 4-3/4" L x .040" T, 180 GRIT (FINE)
■
Electronic Door Restrictor
GENERAL PURPOSE
Prevents Unsafe Elevator Cab Openings
Comes standard with all the material you need to
protect one elevator, up to five floors. To protect
more than 5 floors, order additional reflective tape.
Here’s how it works:
Reflective Tape You position pieces of reflective
tape in the hatchway inside the landing zone and
on the door operator.
First Photoeye When the first of the two photoeyes
sees the tape in the hoistway, it senses that the
■
elevator is inside the landing zone. Photoeyes mounted on the car signal
Second Photoeye When the second photoeye a solenoid to pick up a metal plunger
and allow free door movement—
sees the tape on the door operator, it picks up a only when the car is safely
solenoid-controlled plunger. inside a landing zone.
Plunger The plunger rises out of the way, clearing
the door roller or blocking bracket as the door
opens.
No Exit! Zone Between landing zones, the photoeye
senses no tape reflection and the plunger holds its
door-blocking position.
Part Number Description
A835A4 EDR Assembly w/Box (includes battery)
A835R2 Reflective Tape, 2"x10' (for up to 75 floors)
10.1 10.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
10 Wire Rope Climbers
Tirak Wire Rope Climber
■
HOISTING EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Powerclimber® Hoist
Power Climber is a world leader in the manufacture
■
■
HOISTING EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Power Hoist System
A most versatile, powerful, time saving tool. Can be
used for hoisting rails and brackets, driving chain
falls, pulling wire through conduit and a myriad
of other chores. This lightweight power worker
mounts just about anywhere, has 1,000 lb. capacity
and runs on 120 volt single phase current. Hoist
assembly comes complete with foot switch, angle
mounting bracket, rail blocks and rope locking
device. Items may be purchased separately.
Part Number C417-6014
120V Hoist Assembly includes:
#C308-1170 (Capstan Hoist with Foot Control)
#C417-6014 (Capstan Hoist Assembly)
#C308-0856 (Rope Lock Device)
#C308-0873 (Chain Puller Kit—optional)
Service and parts available.
■
Power Winch
Lift 1200 pounds in a tight machine room! This
small (approximately 21"x8"x8"), lightweight (40
lbs.), powerful (400 to 1200 lbs. pull), high quality
winch and accessories are a must for your tool
inventory. They are ideally suited for service work
such as hoisting controllers, motors, gearcases, etc.
to and from machine rooms. Call for a brochure or
quotation.
Series Voltage Switch Model
1200 115 MO 12-15 RMO
1200 230 MO 12-30 RMO
Other sizes are available.
Hoisting Equipment
Full line of hoisting equipment to
meet any job requirements. Winches,
cranes, hoists, manual or power
assisted and associated equipment.
Please call for quote.
➛
HOISTING EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
ALT 3812 3
⁄8" x 12' 2,200 lbs.
ALT 583 5
⁄8" x 3' 6,200 lbs.
ALT 586 5
⁄8" x 6' 6,200 lbs.
ALT 588 5
⁄8" x 8' 6,200 lbs.
➛
ALT 5812 5
⁄8" x 12' 6,200 lbs.
Polyester Rope
This highly versatile rope combines low stretch
with high strength offering dependability and
unsurpassed resistance to abrasion, sunlight and
common chemicals
Part Number Diameter x Length Capacity
1AP-240-06S 3
⁄4" x 600ft. 2,100lb.
1AP-240-12S 3
⁄4" x 1200ft. 2,100lb.
■
HOISTING EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Wood Tackle Blocks
We stock a variety of single and double blocks.
These are regular wood tackle blocks with 31⁄2"
galvanized sheaves and metal components for use
with 3⁄4" manila rope. Fitted with swivel hook and
safety latch. Other configurations available upon
request. Wood Tackle Blocks are available with roller
or self lubricating bronze bushings.
Part Number Description
SL101B6SH Single
SL105B6SH Double
■
Our Wire Rope Blocks are furnished with
8"-diameter painted steel sheaves and self-lub
bronze bushings. Fitted with swivel hook and safety
latch. We also carry a variety of other designs to fit
your needs. Call for sizes and prices.
Crosshead Clevis
Whenever you have a need to hang the car or
counterweight. Rated at 4 tons, it eliminates the
■
Rail Block/Clevis
Use to hoist your car or counterweight frame at any
location in the hoistway.
Part Number Description
11-180 5
⁄8" Rail Block
11-181 3
⁄4" Rail Block
11-190M 5
⁄8" Rail Block/Clevis
11-191 3
⁄4" Rail Block/Clevis
■
HOISTING EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Rail Hoisting Clevises
A one piece lever action automatically latches rails
in place with no nuts or bolts to drop.
Part Number Description
RHC716 7
⁄16" diameter pin
RHC508 5
⁄8" diameter pin
RHC716S 7
⁄16" diameter pin
Rail Clamps
Repack hydraulic elevators or recable traction
elevators with our quality Rail Clamps.* By using two
RHC716S
complete sets to hang counterweights and car, you
can recable cars at midpoint of hoistway. For use on
8, 12, and 15lb. rails.
Part Anchor Bolt Maximum
■
Number Description Torque (ft/lb) Load (lb.)*
RCB Bottom clamp 50 20,200
70 39,000
RCT Top clamp 50 22,600
70 36,800
RCS Set of 2 top and bottom clamps
*NOTE: Load distribution should be equal on all 4 clamps.
Independent Testing Laboratory Rail Clamp Test Results.
Complete copy available upon request.
RCB-J RCT-J
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
11.1 11.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
11 Filtration Systems
Hydro Machine
■
HYDRAULIC INSTALLATION TOOLS
■
HYDRAULIC INSTALLATION TOOLS
Halo Light Kit
Mechanically centered by the spider assembly, a
light with centering disk is lowered the full length of
the casing. The “halo” of light appearing around the
outer diameter of the centering disk indicates when
plumb is achieved. Standard unit accommodates
casings up to 12" in diameter. Unit can be adapted
to accommodate larger casings by special order.
Kit includes: Spider assembly with 75' of line, 10
aluminum disks, battery powered light and carrying
case.
Part Number 10510
■
This solid brass plumb bob with replaceable steel
tip, has a spring-loaded, knurled cord spool for easy
adjustment of the line length. 20 ft. non-twisting
cord is included with plumb bob. A belt sheath is
available, along with replacement parts.
Part Number Description
10600 Plumb Bob
10601 Belt Sheath
10602 Tip, replacement
10603 Cap, replacement
Hydro Spider
The adjustable spider with four spring loaded legs
adjusts easily from 37⁄8 to 14 inches in diameter.
Great for aligning hydraulic pistons & cylinders
because of its wide range of diameter settings.
Part Number 10500
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
12.1 12.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
12 Car Top
Inspection Stations
■
TCIG
INSPECTION, FIRE & SIGNALING DEVICES
TCID
switch guards optional
TCIDG
TCID-W
switch guards optional
■
INSPECTION, FIRE & SIGNALING DEVICES
Inspection Station/ TCIDEL2
■
without bell
TCIGEL2 Same as TCI-EL2, with added
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (G.F.I.)
TCIDGEL2 Same as TCID-EL2, with added G.F.I.
TCILB
Inspection Station Replacement Parts
Part Number Description
21IS001 3 Prong outlet with wires
21IS002 120V AC buzzer
21IS003 On/off light switch
100A19/FR 21IS004 Single pole push button switch
21IS006 Toggle switch double pole
21IS025 21IS007 Jewel
21IS008 Double pole push button switch
■
■
INSPECTION, FIRE & SIGNALING DEVICES
Fire Alarm Control Panel Part Number Description
6700 Addressable Fire
Part Number SK5208
Panel - 100 point
A microprocessor based control panel with SK-HEAT Heat Sensor
integrated UL-listed communicator designed for
SK-PHOTO Smoke Units
applications requiring smoke detection, manual pull
SK-RELAY Relay Modules
stations, and sprinkler supervision. Features an easy-
to-read LCD display with programmable English
readout and user friendly tactile keys. The basic unit
offers 10 zones of initiation and is expandable up to
30 zones for larger applications. The SK-5208 has a
complete line of supervised accessories that provide
remote annunciation and auxiliary relay expansion.
Ideal for new and retrofit applications.
Remote Annunciator
Part Number SK5235
Provides remote annunciation for the SK-5208 Fire
Alarm Control Panel. Performs all system operations.
Also provides trouble and alarm information and
can be used for programming. The SK-5208 can
support up to six 5235 Remote Annunciators.
■
Smoke Detector, Plug-in
Part Number Description
2W-B 2-Wire
2WBT 2-Wire, 135 Degree Thermal
Brass Bells
21⁄2" diameter single stroke brass bell for elevator
G115A floor leveling indication. Includes identifying label
with circuit and operational information.
Part Number Wattage Voltage Description
G115A 115V 60Hz
G25A 25W 115V AC Wire in series w/hall lantern
G40A 40W 115V AC Wire in series w/hall lantern
G115D 3400W 115V DC Wire in parallel w/hall lantern
G25D-62Ω 25W 115V DC Wire in series w/hall lantern
G40D-30Ω 40W 115V DC Wire in series w/hall lantern
MGA 25W 115V AC Brass bell, galvanized steel box
■
INSPECTION, FIRE & SIGNALING DEVICES
The VT2000 is a new, patented, UL listed, elevator
control device that provides a simple and cost
effective retrofit when upgrading to infrared door
detectors. Installation is simple and efficient due to
a wide front end universal power input, enabling the
installer to parallel existing fire service signals and
ease of reducing kinetic closing force of doors for fire
service. Additional high power relays may be used for
external control or signal (ie. to drop door protection
VT-2000
during fire service operation, etc.). Enclosure is
designed for quick and easy installation.
■
terminals on the VT-2000.
Q: Do I need to put the system on fire service to adjust the speed
of the doors?
A: No. With the set-up jumper in place on the VT-2000 you can External Auxiliary
adjust the speed of the doors in normal operation. Contact Ratings:
Max switched power: 240 W or 2500 VA
Q: Where do I get the inputs to land on the unit? Resistive Load
Max switched current: 3A
A: View it the same as adding a new relay. You parallel the fire Max switched voltage: 270 VAC @ 3 A
service coils, or fire service inputs. 24 VDC @ 3 A
Q: Do I need to mount the VT-2000 on car-top? 150 VDC @ 0.4 A
A: No. You mount the unit in or on the machine room controller
at the source of all your inputs. Data @ Ambient Temperature 80F Min Typical Max Units
Q: Do I need to add new wiring to the elevator door operator? Input Voltage DC 17 270 VDC
A: No. You parallel the existing A1 and A2 terminals on the Inpur Voltage AC 17 270 VAC
machine room controller to the VT-2000.
Input Current in "Ready" State 0 mA
Q: Can the VT-2000 disable the door protection from the infared
Input Current @ 24VDC Phase I or 90 mA
unit during fire service operation?
Alt activation
A: Yes. The unit has spare form "C" contacts that can be used to
open the input on the machine room controller from the infared Input Current @ 24VDC Phase 2 62 mA
unit during fire service. activation
Q: Can the VT-2000 activate existing nudging circuitry or activate Unit Activation 250 mSec
nudging on a new door operator upgrade? Unit Deactivation 250 mSec
A: Yes. An advantage of the VT-2000 is space management. It's
size makes mounting inside or outside of the elevator machine Operating Temperature -5 167 °F
room controller easy. If spare contacts are not available to activate
existing nudging circuitry or a new closed loop door operator
upgrade the logic is in place to accommodate the required signal.
Q: Are any special tools required to install the VT-2000?
A: No. Typically a drill motor with a bit for self tapping screws,
and if mounting on the exterior of the machine room controller a Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
12.7
unibit hole saw, or a knock-out.
www.cedelevator.com 12.7
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 7 1/21/19 12:54 PM
Notes
In this Section
Door Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2
Door Key Keepers . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2
Fire Key Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3
Replacement Locks . . . . . . . . . . 13.3
Replacement Key Boxes . . . . . . 13.3
Replacement Keys . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
13.1 13.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
13 Door Keys &
Door Key Keepers
■
F
KEYS & KEY KEEPERS
B E G I
C
H
Door Keys
A All aluminum and steel construction
D Key Part Number Description
A O2N Otis 2 section 5.76"
Replacement for Otis #194AD3
B O3N Otis 3 section 5.76"
Replacement for Otis #194AD7
C O2N2 Otis 2 section 7.12"
Replacement for Otis #194AD4
D GML G.A.L. Type M lock
KP–set of all 9 keys E OL6 Otis L lock
F OL10 Otis Lunar 101⁄2"
■
■
KEYS & KEY KEEPERS
Fire Key Boxes
Red surface mounted and recess flush mount fire
key boxes meet local code requirements. Covers are
available in brushed stainless and bronze finishes.
Equipped with mounting hooks for service and elevator
keys. Rust proofed for outside use. Please specify lock
number used in your area.
Dimensions: 9"h x 53⁄8"w x 13⁄8"d**
Flush model has a 1" frame.
Stainless Surface Mirror Stainless Flush Mirror
FKBC/SM FKBCF/SM
■
Bronze Bronze Stainless Stainless
Surface Flush Surface Flush
FKB10404B* FKB10404BF* FKB10404* FKB10404F*
FKB52219B* FKB52219BF* FKB52219* FKB52219F*
FKBCB* FKBCBF* FKBC* FKBCF*
*Key included
** Now available with a 2" deep box. Add -2 to part number (i.e. FKBC-2).
Replacement Locks
Lock Part Number For Box Number
L02KB404 FKB10404
L02KB219 FKB52219
L02KB004 FKBC, FKBT
AKC0071S Service Cabinet Lock Assembly,
Stainless Steel
Replacement Keys
Key Part Number Description
K01KB002 (25460 key)
K01KB001 (52219 key)
AKC0052A Key for Cabinet Lock Keyed AE102
AKC0054A Key for Cabinet Lock Keyed WD01
AKC0051 Key for Cabinet Lock Keyed MM101
AKC0053 Key for Cabinet Lock Keyed GG101
AKC0056 Key for Cabinet Lock Keyed H341
DCL FKBDC Key
Other keys for Fire Department use only
are available upon request.
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
14.1 14.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
14 Reflector &
Fluorescent Lamps
■
LAMPS & LEDS
Elliptical Reflectors
Medium base, 120 and 130 volt.
Part Numbers
50ER30 75ER30 120ER40
ER30
■
ER40
Fluorescents
Available in 2, 3, & 4 foot lengths in cool white,
warm white, and various SP, SPX color renditions.
BI-PIN T8 Energy efficient available.
Part Numbers
F17T8CW F20T12CW F25T8CW
F30T12CW F32T8CW F40CW/RS/WM*
*Osram# F40CWRS/SS
BI-PIN T12
Compact Fluorescents
Low watt BIAX: Energy efficient compact size, long-
life replacements for incandescent lamps. Available
in 5, 7, 9, and 13 watts in SPX27.
GE Part Numbers Osram/Sylvania Part Numbers
F5BX/SPX27 CF5DS/827
F7BX/SPX27 CF7DS/827
F9BX/SPX27 CF9DS/827
F13BX/SPX27 CF13DS/827
Also Available in the following color temperatures:
SPX35 835
SPX41 841
SPX50 850
■
LAMPS & LEDS
Basic Lamp Shapes
There are twelve basic glass shapes that most lamps
made today are classified by. They are denoted by the
letters listed below.
■
Filament Configurations
Filaments for miniature and subminiature lamps may
be straight wire, a coil, or a coiled coil (indicated by
the letter S, C, or CC, respectively, Coiling the filament
wire effectively shortens the filament length so that
smaller bulbs can be used. In addition, in gas-filled
lamps, coiling the wire reduces thermal loss and
increases efficiency. Tungsten is almost universally used
as lamp filament material because of its high melting
point at incandescence. The number following the coil
identification letter(s) denotes the arrangement of the
filaments on the supports.
C-2V CC-8
C-2V C-4 C-6 C-81 (supported) C-2F C-8 2CC-6 S-2 C-2R FC-6Z CC-6/C-2V 2C-2R
4CC-6/C-2V C-8Z 3C-6 C-6 CC-6 C-6/C-6 CC-6/CC-6 C-8/C-8 C-5 CC-7A/C-7A
■
Commercial Bulb Length Width
Number Volts Type Base (A) (B)
■
44 6.3 T3.25 Mini Bay 1.187 0.41
46 6.3 T3.25 Mini Screw 1.187 0.41
47 6.3 T3.25 Mini Bay 1.187 0.41
51 7.5 G3.5 Mini Bay 0.94 0.463
53 14.4 G3.5 Mini Bay 0.94 0.463
55 7 G4.5 Mini Bay 1.06 0.588
57 14 G4.5 Mini Bay 1.06 0.588
63 7 G6 SC Bay 1.44 0.75
64 7 G6 DC Bay 1.44 0.75 T-3.25
WEDGE BASE
67 13.5 G6 SC Bay 1.44 0.75
68 13.5 G6 DC Bay 1.44 0.75
70 14 T1.75 Wedge 0.72 0.23
73 14 T1.75 Wedge 0.72 0.23
74 14 T1.75 Wedge 0.72 0.23
81 6.5 G6 SC Bay 1.44 0.75
82 6.5 G6 DC Bay 1.44 0.75
84 6.3 T1.75 Wedge 0.72 0.23
85 28 T1.75 Wedge 0.72 0.23
86 6.3 T1.75 Wedge 0.72 0.23
88 6.8 S8 DC Bay 2.00 1.04
89 13 G6 SC Bay 1.44 0.75 T-3.25 MINIATURE
90 13 G6 DC Bay 1.44 0.75 SCREW BASE
93 12.8 S8 SC Bay 2.00 1.04
94 12.8 S8 DC Bay 2.00 1.04
97 13.5 G6 SC Bay 1.44 0.75
98 13 G6 SC Bay 1.44 0.75
105 12.8 B6 SC Bay 1.75 0.775
147 7 T3.25 Wedge 1.06 0.41
149 6.15 T3.25 Wedge 1.06 0.41
157 5.8 G6 Mini Screw 1.22 0.75
158 14 T3.25 Wedge 1.06 0.41
161 14 T3.25 Wedge 1.06 0.41
168 14 T3.25 Wedge 1.06 0.41 T-3.25 MINIATURE
193 14 T3.25 Wedge 1.06 0.41 BAYONET
194 14 T3.25 Wedge 1.06 0.41
198 12.8/14 S8 D.C. Index 2.00 1.04
199 12.8 S8 SC Bay 2.00 1.04
■
Commercial Bulb Length Width
Number Volts Type Base (A) (B)
■
755 6.3 T3.25 Mini Bay 1.187 0.41
756 14 T3.25 Mini Bay 1.187 0.41
757 28 T3.25 Mini Bay 1.187 0.41
904 13.5 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
906 13 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
908 6 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
909 6 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
912 12.8 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
T-5 SINGLE CONTACT
914 4 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65 BAYONET BASE
915 12 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
916 13.5 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
917 12 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
918 12.8 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
921 12.8 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
922 12.8 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
926 4 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
927 6 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
939 6 T5 Wedge 1.49 0.65
967 130 T3.25 Mini Bay 1.187 0.41
1003 12.8 B6 SC Bay 1.75 0.775
1004 12.8 B6 DC Bay 1.75 0.775
1034 12.8/14 S8 DC Index 2.00 1.04
1062 40 RP11 DC Bay 2.25 1.42 T-5 GLASS
1073 12.8 S8 SC Bay 2.00 1.04 WEDGE BASE
1076 12.8 S8 DC Bay 2.00 1.04
1129 6.4 S8 SC Bay 2.00 1.04
1133 6.2 RP11 SC Bay 2.25 1.42
1141 12.8 S8 SC Bay 2.00 1.04
1142 12.8 S8 DC Bay 2.00 1.04
1152 12.8 S8 DC Bay 2.00 1.04
1154 6.4/7 S8 DC Index 2.00 1.04
1155 13.5 G6 SC Bay 1.44 0.75
1156 12.8 S8 SC Bay 2.00 1.04
1157 12.8/14 S8 DC Index 2.00 1.04
1176 12.8/14 S8 DC Bay 2.00 1.04
1195 12.5 RP11 SC Bay 2.25 1.42
1196 12.5 RP11 DC Bay 2.25 1.42
■
Commercial Bulb Length Width
Number Volts Type Base (A) (B)
■
2232 28 S8 SC Bay 2.00 1.04
2233 28 S8 SC Bay 2.00 1.04
3011 28 S11 SC Bay 2.38 1.42
7387 28 T1.75 Bi-Pin M-23 0.875 0.23
100A/RS 120 A19 Med. Screw 4.44 2.12
100A 130 A19 Med. Screw 4.44 2.12
100A21/RS/SL 120 A21 Med. Screw 5.31 2.62
10C7 120 C7 Cand Screw 2.13 0.875
10C7DC 115 C7 DC Bay 2.19 0.875 S-6 CANDELABRA
10S11N/CL 130 S11 Cand Screw 2.25 1.42 SCREW BASE
10S14/IF 120 S14 Med. Screw 3.50 1.75
10S6/DC/AMBER* 250 S6 DC Bay 1.81 0.775
10S6/DC/CL 250 S6 DC Bay 1.81 0.775
10S6/DC/GRN* 250 S6 DC Bay 1.81 0.775
10S6/DC/RED* 250 S6 DC Bay 1.81 0.775
10S6 230 S6 Cand Screw 1.88 0.75
120MB 120 T2.5 Mini Bay 1.20 0.32
120PSB 120 T2 Slide #5 1.10 0.275
120RB 120 T2 Mini Bay 1.22 0.91
120RC 120 T2 Cand Screw 1.22 0.91
12MB 12 T2.5 Mini Bay 1.20 0.32
12PSB 12 T2 Slide #5 1.10 0.275
12RB 12 T2 Mini Bay 1.22 0.91
12RC 12 T2 Cand Screw 1.22 0.91
130MB 130 T2.5 Mini Bay 1.20 0.32
S-6 DOUBLE CONTACT
1383TF 13 R12 SC Bay 2.63 1.55 BAYONET BASE
155MB 155 T2.5 Mini Bay 1.20 0.32
155PSB 155 T2 Slide #5 1.10 0.275
15A15 120 A15 Med. Screw 3.50 1.88
15T6 120 T6 Cand Screw 3.06 0.77
15T6/CAND 145 T6 Cand Screw 3.06 0.77
15T7C 120 T7 Cand Screw 2.25 0.88
15WPCL130E14 120 S8 E14 57mm 26mm
194B 14 T3.25 Wedge 1.06 0.41
194G 14 T3.25 Wedge 1.06 0.41
194NA 14 T3.25 Wedge 1.06 0.41
*painted
■
Commercial Bulb Length Width
Number Volts Type Base (A) (B)
■
6S6/DC/32 32 S6 DC Bay 1.81 0.775
6T4-1/2/CAND 125 T4.5 Cand Screw 1.38 0.588
75A/RS 120 A19 Med. Screw 4.44 2.12
90MB 90 T2.5 Mini Bay 1.20 0.32
A9AC 65AC/90DC T2 Wire Terminal (1.25") 0.75 0.25
B1A 120 T3 1/4 Mini Bay 1.187 0.41
B2A 120 T3 1/4 Mini Bay 1.187 0.41
F15T12CW N/A T12 Med. Bi-pin 1.5 18.0
H43C 14 S6 Cand Screw 1.88 0.75
K1AZR10 125 T2 Slide #5 1.10 0.29
L30120 120 T8 Disc 17.75 1
L40120 120 T8 Disc 11.75 1
L60120 120 T8 Disc 17.75 1 T-2.5 MINIATURE
BAYONET BASE
MP123
NE120RC 120 T2 Cand Screw 1.22 0.91
NE51 (B1A) 120 T3.25 Mini Bay 1.19 0.43
NE57 (F3A) 105-125 T4.25 Cand Screw 1.53 0.58
PR12 5.95 B3.5 SC Mini Flg 1.25 0.445
PR13 4.75 B3.5 SC Mini Flg 1.25 0.445
PR18 7.2 B3.5 SC Mini Flg 1.25 0.445
PR2 2.38 B3.5 SC Mini Flg 1.25 0.445
PR3 3.57 B3.5 SC Mini Flg 1.25 0.445
PR6 2.47 B3.5 SC Mini Flg 1.25 0.445
PR7 3.7 B3.5 SC Mini Flg 1.25 0.445
ST151 (Starter for
TLD18W Lamp) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
TLD18W/17GREEN
FL LAMP N/A T8 Med. Bi-pin 24.0 1.04
Incandescent LED
LED-PSB Part Number Part Number Voltage Lamp and Base Type
24PSB LED24PSB-COLOR-ACDC 24V T2 #5 SLIDE BASE
28PSB LED28PSB-COLOR-ACDC 28V T2 #5 SLIDE BASE
LED-MB
48PSB LED48PSB-COLOR-ACDC 48V T2 #5 SLIDE BASE
60PSB LED60PSB-COLOR-ACDC 60V T2 #5 SLIDE BASE
LED-MB 120PSB LED120PSB-COLOR-ACDC 120V T2 #5 SLIDE BASE
155PSB LED155PSB-COLOR-ACDC 155V T2 #5 SLIDE BASE
24MB LED24MB-COLOR-ACDC 24V T2.5 MINIATURE BAYONET BASE
■
LED85
28MB LED28MB-COLOR-ACDC 28V T2.5 MINIATURE BAYONET BASE
48MB LED48MB-COLOR-ACDC 48V T2.5 MINIATURE BAYONET BASE
LED6S6 60MB LED60MB-COLOR-ACDC 60V T2.5 MINIATURE BAYONET BASE
90MB LED90MB-COLOR-ACDC 90V T2.5 MINIATURE BAYONET BASE
120MB LED120MB-COLOR-ACDC 120V T2.5 MINIATURE BAYONET BASE
85 LED-85-COLOR 28V T1.75 WEDGE BASE
LED6S6 6S6 LED-6S6-120V-COLOR 120V S6 CANDELABRA SCREW
25T8DC LEDT18D-120-COLOR 120V T8 DC BAYONET BASE
502 LED6MSW-ACDC 6V G4.5 MINIATURE SCREW BASE
LEDT18 657 W904-28-COLOR28V T3.25 WEDGE BASE
Above lamps available in red, orange, yellow, white, green, blue.
Hall Lanterns
LEDT18 Replaces
Part Number Voltage Incandescent Lamp Type
LED6S6 120VAC 25S11 S6 candelabra screw based LED
LED6S6-DC 120VAC 6S6-DC 15mm DC bayonet based LED
LED6MSW Above lamps available in red, orange, yellow, white, green, blue.
ELV419/ELV409 (green only)
Features:
W904-28 • Maintenance free, easy installation Options:
• Long life, 100,000+ hrs (10 years) • Special Voltages
• Solid state, high shock/vibration resistant • Industry standard bases
• Built-in current limiting resistors • Bi-Color configuration
• Low power, high density • Flashing
• Major power savings
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
15.1 15.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
15 Emergency
Lighting
■
LIGHTING FIXTURES
ELCM1
Ceiling mount, self-contained unit, with white acrylic
lens, optional alarm bell. Can be wired into terminal
strip. Dimensions: 65⁄16" x 51⁄4" x 113⁄16."
■
ELPB1
ELPB1
Mounts inside car operating panel. Power pack, light
source, and rectangular lens included. For OEM and
replacement use. CSA approved.
ELPB2
Mounts to back of cover plate, 3"-diameter round
lens. For OEM and replacement use.
ELSL2
Remote trimline model. Car top mount power
supply with alarm bell. 18-gauge galvanized steel
box. External test switch. Remote light source,
ELSL2 ELPB2 7" x 17⁄8" x 1" (can be mounted in car above
operating panel or ceiling). CSA approved.
ELSLACBG
Remote trimline model, similar to model ELSL2 with
ground fault circuit interrupter.
ELWS2
Wall surface mount. Brushed stainless steel finish,
51⁄2" x 81⁄2". Optional alarm bell can be wired into
ELSLACBG terminal strip. CSA approved.
ELWS2B
Same as ELWS2 with a bronze electroplated finish.
ELWS2
■
LIGHTING FIXTURES
ELS500 Emergency Lighting System
The ELS500 is designed to be tough and is built to last. It
converts normal cab lighting of incandescent, halogen, fluo-
rescent or LED to emergency lighting in the even t of a normal
power failure. This patent-pending UL-listed 120VAC output
emergency lighting system powers your choice of one of the
following:
- Two (2) incandescent or halogen lamps up to 50 watts each
(100 watts total) OR
- Two (2) fluorescent lamps up to 40 watts each (80 watts
total) OR
■
ELS500 POWER SUPPLY
- Two (2) LED lamps up to 40 watts each (80 watts total)
Provides a simple method of meeting emergency lighting
code for various lighting designs by using the normal lighting
fixtures. The ELS500 works with most existing lightings sys-
tems and Man-D-Tec systems.
16.1 16.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
16 Aluminum Complex
& Wire Rope Greases
■
LUBRICANTS & FUNCTIONAL FLUIDS
■
LUBRICANTS & FUNCTIONAL FLUIDS
E.P. Moly-Graph® Multi-Purpose Grease
Lithium 12 hydroxy stearate NLGI Grade 2 grease
improves metal finish, reduces wear, increases parts
life, reduces down-time and increases relubrication
intervals. Handles heavy loads, water attack, and shock
loads. Contains rust and oxidation inhibitors and
extreme pressure additives. Maintains a 40 lb. Timken
OK Load.
■
for use where extreme pressure properties are not
required. Highly water resistant; will not break down
or run out. Oxidation inhibited. Smooth, buttery
consistency. Ideal for automatic or manual dispensing
systems.
Zinc It®
■
■
LUBRICANTS & FUNCTIONAL FLUIDS
Mechanix Orange Citrus LotionTM
■
residue free for quick and easy maintenance
of industrial and electrical equipment. For any
application permitting the use of chlorinated
solvents and not involving sensitive plastics.
Natural Degreaser TM
Aqueous Cleaners
■
LUBRICANTS & FUNCTIONAL FLUIDS
Hydroforce All-Purpose
TM
Cleaner/Degreaser
For everyday cleaning of tough dirt, dust, chemicals,
and carbon build-up. This cleaner sets the perfor-
mance standard for butyl-free products. May be
diluted for use on glass, fiberglass, ceramics and floor
coverings.
Hydroforce FoamingTM
■
Cleaner/Degreaser
A foaming aerosol version of Hydroforce™ All-
Purpose Cleaner/Degreaser with citrus scent, that
lifts dirt and stains, won’t run or drip, and wipes off
easily.
■
LUBRICANTS & FUNCTIONAL FLUIDS
PF Precision Cleaner
TM
■
Duster Dust Removal System
TM
Smoke Test ®
Non-staining, plastic safe aerosol spray that tests the
functioning of commercial and residential smoke
detectors. Eliminates the need to light cigarettes or
matches in order to generate smoke. UL Listed.
17.1 17.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
17 IPS Carbon Steel Pipe
Grooved Couplings
■
MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS
■
MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS
Elbows, Tees & Crosses C TO E
Ductile Iron (except as noted)
No. 10 (90º Elbow) No. 11 (45º Elbow) C TO E
Nominal Approx.
Size C to E Wgt. Ea. C to E Wgt. Ea.
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs (kg) Inches (mm) Lbs (kg)
3
⁄4 (20) 2.25 (57) 0.5 (0.2) 1.50 (38) 0.5 (0.2)
1 (25) 2.25 (57) 0.6 (0.3) 1.75 (44) 0.6 (0.3)
NO. 10 NO. 11
11⁄4 (32) 2.75 (70) 1.0 (0.5) 1.75 (44) 0.9 (0.4)
11⁄2 (40) 2.75 (70) 1.1 (0.5) 1.75 (44) 0.9 (0.4)
2 (50) 3.25 (83) 2.0 (0.9) 2.00 (51) 1.4 (0.6)
21⁄2 (65) 3.75 (95) 3.2 (1.5) 2.25 (57) 2.2 (1.0)
3* 3.75 (95) 3.7 (1.7) 2.25 (57) 3.4 (1.5)
3 (80) 4.25 (108) 4.4 (2.0) 2.50 (64) 3.1 (1.4)
2 (50) 16 (406) 6. (2.7)
NO. 10T
■
No. 12 (22 ⁄2º Elbow)
1
No. 13 (11 ⁄4º Elbow)
1
Nominal Approx.
Size C to E Wgt. Ea. C to E Wgt. Ea.
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs (kg) Inches (mm) Lbs (kg)
3
⁄4 (20) 1.63sw (41) – 1.38 sw (35) – C TO E
1 (25) 3.25 (83)** 0.6 (0.3) 1.38 (35) 0.3 (0.1) sw C TO E
11⁄4 (32) 1.75 (44) 0.8 (0.4) sw 1.38 (35 0.5 (0.2) sw C TO E
11⁄2 (40) 1.75 (44) 0.8 (0.4) sw 1.38 (35) 0.5 (0.2) sw
2 (50) 3.375 (95)** 1.4 (0.6) 1.38 (35) 1.0 (0.5) NO. 12 NO. 13
21⁄2 (65) 4.00 (102)** 2.3 (1.0) 1.50 (38) 1.5 (0.7) sw
3* – – – –
3 (80) 4.50 (114)** 3.1 (1.4) 1.50 (38) 2.1 (1.0)
C TO E
No. 20 Tee No. 35 Cross (sw)
Nominal Approx.
C TO E
Size C to E Wgt. Ea. C to E Wgt. Ea.
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs (kg) Inches (mm) Lbs (kg)
3
⁄4 (20) 2.25 (57) 0.6 (0.3) 2.25 (57) 0.9 (0.4)
1 (25) 2.25 (57) 1.0 (0.5) 2.25 (57) 1.3 (0.6) C
11⁄4 (32) 2.75 (70) 1.5 (0.7) 2.75 (1.0) 2.1 (1.0) to
E
11⁄2 (40) 2.75 (70) 2.0 (0.9) 2.75 (70) 2.5 (1.1)
2 (50) 3.25 (83) 3.0 (1.4) 3.25 (83) 3.8 (1.7) d
NO. 20 NO. 35
21⁄2 (65) 3.75 (95) 4.8 (2.1) 3.75 (95) 6.1 (2.8)
3* 3.75 (95) 7.3 (3.3) – –
3 (80) 4.25 (108) 6.8 (3.0) 4.25 (108) 10.5 (4.8)
* O.D. Dimension
**Gooseneck design, end-to-end dimension
(d) Ductile iron
(sw) Segmentally welded steel
■
MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS
Concentric/Eccentric Reducers (No. 50, 51)
Steel (except as noted)
No. 50 No. 51
Approx. Approx.
Nominal Size E to E Wgt. Ea. E to E Wgt. Ea. E to E
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lbs (kg) Inches (mm) Lbs (kg)
11⁄4 x 3⁄4 (32 x 20) * * – –
11⁄4 x 1 (32 x 25) * * – –
11⁄2 x 3⁄4 (40 x 20) * * – –
11⁄2 x 1 (40 x 25) 2.50 (64) d 0.8 (0.4) 8.50 (216) 4.5 (2.0)
11⁄2 x 11⁄4 (40 x 32) * * – – NO. 50
2 x 3⁄4 (50 x 20) 2.50 (64) d 0.6 (0.3) 9.00 (229) 2.0 (0.9)
2 x 1 (50 x 25) 2.50 (65) d 0.7 (0.3) 9.00 (229) 2.3 (1.0) E TO E
2 x 11⁄4 (50 x 32) 2.50 (65) d 1.2 (0.5) 9.00 (229) 4.6 (2.1)
2 x 11⁄2 (50 x 40) 2.50 (64) d 1.1 (0.5) 9.00 (229) 4.6 (2.1)
21⁄2 x 1 (65 x 25) 9.50 (241) 3.3 (1.5) 9.50 (241) 3.3 (1.5)
21⁄2 x 11⁄4 (65 x 32) 9.50 (241) 3.6 (1.6) 9.50 (241) *
■
21⁄2 x 11⁄2 (65 x 40) 9.50 (241) 3.6 (1.6) 9.50 (241) 3.6 (1.6) NO. 51
21⁄2 x 2 (65 x 50) 2.50 (64) d 1.4 (0.6) 3.50 (89) d 1.6 (0.7)
3 x 1 (80 x 25) 2.50 (64) d 1.4 (0.6) 9.50 (241) 4.8 (2.2)
3 x 2 (80 x 50) 2.50 (64) d 1.6 (0.7) 3.50 (89) d 2.1 (1.0)
3 x 21⁄2 (80 x 65) 2.50 (64) d 1.8 (0.8) 3.50 (89) d 2.2 (1.0)
(d) Ductile iron.
C
■
■
F
■
Forged Steel Fittings Tapered Pipe Thread (NPT)
In this Section
Submersible Elevator Motors . . 18.2
DC Elevator Door Motor . . . . . . 18.2
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
18.1 18.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
18 Submersible Motors
Door Motors
■
MOTORS
SB8/230-460 SB150 8 16.4 3380 230 29.8 86.5 44.3 0.77 70 39.68
460 14.9 43.4 22.1 0.77 70
SB10.5/200 200 41.3 120 60.3 0.80 72
SB10.5/230-460 SB150 10.5 21.7 3400 230 35.9 115.4 57.2 0.80 72 46.29
460 18 53 26.3 0.80 72
SB13/200 200 47.6 138 68.5 0.81 74
SB13/230-460 SB150 13 26.7 3420 230 41.5 120.7 60 0.81 74 52.91
460 20.7 63 29.8 0.81 74
SB15/200 200 55.7 151.3 79 0.82 74
SB15/230-460 SB200 15 30.2 3490 230 48.7 141 69.1 0.82 74 85.97
460 24.5 73 34.4 0.82 74
SB20/200 200 71.3 220 102 0.84 75
SB20/230-460 SB200 20 41.1 3420 230 62.3 192 893 0.84 75 90.38
460 31 92 44.3 0.84 75
Features: SB25/200 200 87.2 261 127 0.87 75
• Class F insulation SB25/230-460 SB200 25 51 3440 230 79 236 112.9 0.87 75 90.36
• 90 starts per hour 460 37.9 109.9 54.2 0.87 75
• Foot mounted SB30/200 200 110.8 332 159.6 0.85 78
• In conformity with SB30/230-460 SB200 30 61.6 3420 230 98 285 141.2 0.85 78 99.20
cCSAus standard 460 49 140 70 0.85 78
• All motors are suitable SB40/200 200 137 405 198.6 0.85 78
for Wye-Delta starting SB40/230-460 SB200 40 80.5 3490 230 119 357 172 0.85 78 110.22
if reduced starting 460 60 182 87 0.85 78
current is desired.
SB50/200 200 178.2 518 260 0.87 77
SB50/230-460 SB250 50 101.2 3470 230 155 460 224.8 0.87 77 141.09
460 78 230 113.2 0.87 77
SB60/200 200 199.8 595 890 0.85 78
SB60/230-460 SB250 60 122.2 3450 230 174 517 252 0.85 78 194.00
460 87 254 134 0.85 78
SB70/200 200 234 680 358 0.87 76
SB70/230-460 SB250 70 143.8 3490 230 204 591 313 0.87 76 213.84
460 102 296 157 0.87 76
MTR-0008N
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
19.1 19.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
19 Solid State
Elevator Motor Starters
■
MOTOR CONTROL & DISTRIBUTION
Application
The Siemens solid-state elevator starter consists of
two main components: the solid-state starter and
the fault contactor.
The solid-state starter provides current limit
starting and overload protection for the elevator
motor. The starter also monitors potential fault
conditions: shorted SCR, overload, phase reversal,
and loss of phase.
Should any of these conditions occur, the
starter will turn off and the fault contactor will drop
out. The fault contactor pulls in as soon as three
phase power is applied to the starter. The contactor
will remain in until three phase power is removed
or a fault condition occurs.
Hydraulic Applications1
Wired “Inside-the-Delta” Wired “In-Line”2
■
Catalog In-Line 200V 230V 400V 460V 575V In-Line 200V 230V 400V 460V 575V
Number Figure Current (A) (hp) (hp) (hp) (hp) (hp) Current (A) (hp) (hp) (hp) (hp) (hp)
72EG34AFP 1 22 5 7.5 10 15 – – – – – – –
72GG34AFP 1 35 7.5 10 20 25 – 18 – 5 7.5 10 –
72HG34AFP 1 42 10 15 25 30 – 22 5 7.5 10 15 –
72JG34AFP 1 55 15 20 30 40 – 28 7.5 10 15 20 –
72KG34AFP 1 68 20 25 40 50 – 35 7.5 10 20 25 –
72LG34AFP 1 80 25 30 50 60 – 42 10 15 25 30 –
72MG34AFP 1 105 30 40 60 75 – 55 15 20 30 40 –
72NG34AFP 1 130 40 50 75 100 – 68 20 25 40 50 –
72PG34AFP 1 157 50 60 100 125 – 80 25 30 50 60 –
72EG35AFP 1 22 – – 10 15 20 – – – – – –
72GG35AFP 1 35 – – 20 25 30 18 – – 7.5 10 15
72HG35AFP 1 42 – – 25 30 40 22 – – 10 15 20
72JG35AFP 1 55 – – 30 40 50 28 – – 15 20 25
72KG35AFP 1 68 – – 40 50 60 35 – – 20 25 30
72LG35AFP 1 80 – – 50 60 75 42 – – 25 30 40
72MG35AFP 2 105 – – 60 75 100 55 – – 30 40 50
72NG35AFP 2 130 – – 75 100 125 68 – – 40 50 60
72PG35AFP 2 157 – – 100 125 150 80 – – 50 60 75
1
For traction applications, use the next highest rating in the Hydraulic table. For instance, a 10 HP, 230V, Inside-the-Delta, Traction application would
require an elevator starter that is 15 HP in the Hydraulic table (72HE34AFP).
2
Units are supplied from the factory with wiring for “Inside-the-Delta.” Rewiring the unit for “In-Line” is simple and quick. Refer to the instruction manual.
*The Starts Per Hour rating is based the number of times the motor starts. Since the motor runs only on “up” calls, the Calls Per Hour rating is twice the
Starts Per Hour rating. For applications requiring 120 Starts Per Hour (240 Calls Per Hour) on Hydraulic Elevators, use a starter sized to the next larger
motor rating. For example, for a 120 Starts Per Hour rating on a 40 HP motor use a 50 HP rated Elevator Starter.
■
MOTOR CONTROL & DISTRIBUTION
Features
• Selectable Motor Off Delay
• Fault Contactor Monitors:
– Overload
– Shorted SCR
– Phase Reversal
– Loss of Phase
• For use on 6 or 12 Lead Wye-Delta
Wound Motors and for 3 Lead Motors
• Normal Condition Indicators:
– Normal Forward Phase
– Control Power On
– Motor Run
– Motor Up to Speed
• Fault Condition Indicators:
– Motor Overload
FIGURE 1
– Shorted SCR
■
– Single Phase
• Copper/aluminum lugs are supplied with
all units as standard.
Electrical Data
Operating Frequency
60 Hz-Hp rated, 50 Hz-kW rated
Input Voltage
+/- 15% of nominal voltage
Operating Temperature
0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F)
Derate 33% for each 10°C over
50°C to a maximum of 70°C
FIGURE 2
Overload Rating
Class 10–Solid-State Overload Relay,
Less than 10 second trip @ 600%
of must hold amps
Short Circuit Protection
Not provided: To be supplied by customer
Controller Duty Cycle Rating
Hydraulic Elevator Duty: 30% Duty Cycle –
80 starts per hour* (160 calls per hour)
Traction Elevator Duty: 95% Duty Cycle
–10 starts per hour
Off Delay
Approximately 1⁄2 sec after removal of
Motor Run signal when selected.
Approximately 30 milliseconds when not
selected
All diagram dimensions are in inches, and are for
reference only, not for construction.
Elevator Softstarters
MOTOR CONTROL & DISTRIBUTION
• Test overload
• “Up-to-speed” contact
Elevator Softstarter
DELTA Connected (6 Wire) H.P. Ratings Overload LINE Connected (3 Wire) H.P. Ratings Overload
Part Number 3-PHASE 50/60 Hz Range 3-PHASE 50/60 Hz Range
120VAC Control Voltage 208V 240V 480V 575V (Amps) 208V 240V 480V 575V (Amps)
PCEC-032-600V-120V/230V 10 10 20 30 10.9...32.9 5 5 10 15 6.3…19
PCEC-051-600V-120V/230V 15 15 30 40 17.3…51.9 7.5 10 20 25 10…30
PCEC-064-600V-120V/230V 20 20 40 60 21…64 10 10 25 30 12.3…37
PCEC-074-600V-120V/230V 20 25 50 60 25…74 10 15 30 40 14.3…43
PCEC-104-600V-120V/230V 30 40 75 100 84.6…104 15 20 40 50 20…60
PCEC-147-600V-120V/230V 40 50 100 150 50…147 25 30 60 75 28.3…85
PCEC-234-600V-120V/230V 75 75 150 200 59…234 40 50 100 125 34…135
Replacement Parts
Fault Contactor Coils*
PCEC Assembly PCE Controller Only PCE Fans Fault Contactor 120vac 208 – 240vac
PCEC-032-600V-120V PCEC-032-600V CA7-37-00-120
PCEC-051-600V-120V PCEC-051-600V PCV-064 CA7-37-00-120 TC473 TC296
PCEC-064-600V-120V PCEC-064-600V (optional) CA7-37-00-120
PCEC-074-600V-120V PCEC-074-600V CA7-43-00-120 TD473 TD296
PCEC-104-600V-120V PCEC-104-600V PCV-147 CA7-60-00-120 TE473 TE296
PCEC-147-600V-120V PCEC-147-600V CA7-85-00-120 TE473 TE296
PCEC-234-600V-120V PCEC-234-600V PCV-234 CA6-180-EI-11-120 CA6-TGE865 CA6-TGE866
* The PCE controller’s control voltage operating range is 100–240vac.
The coil voltage of the fault contactor determines the control voltage
of the PCEC assembly.
Dimensions
Approx.
Controller Sizes Units Width Height Depth Weight
32 / 51 / 64 mm 178 144 115.7 4 lbs
inch 7.01 5.67 4.56
74 / 104 / 147 mm 240 225 147.9 14 lbs
inch 9.45 8.86 5.82
234 mm 362 515 216.4 51 lbs
Questions? Answers at… inch 14.25 20.28 8.52
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
19.4 www.cedelevator.com 19.4
■
GENERAL DUTY 240V RATED HEAVY DUTY 600V RATED
■
• 60-ampere heavy duty switch provided with a H321N 3 30
HUBBELLOCK,® Appleton or ARKTITE® interlocked H322N 3 60
receptacle to permit direct load/switch connection and H323N 3 100
disconnection H324N 3 200
• Electrical interlock installable on heavy duty switches
through 600 amperes
Lockout/Tagout Devices
UL (NEMA) Type 3R Part Number Description
Rainproof IDEAL 44785 Cleat for 277V Breaker Lockout
• Outdoor use IDEAL 44786 480/600V Lockout Switch
• Available in ratings through IDEAL 44789 Lockout (Wall Switch)
1200 amperes IDEAL 44800 Lockout (Hasps)
• Made of galvannealed sheet IDEAL 44807 480/600V Multi-Pole Breaker Lockout
steel given a rust-inhibiting IDEAL 44809 Universal 277V SP Breaker Lockout
treatment. Gray electro- IDEAL 44810 Hinged 1-Pole Breaker Lockout
deposited enamel finish IDEAL 44833 Lockout (Do Not Operate)
• Top-hinged cover securable in TYPE 3R SQD 2510FL1 Lockout (Manual Starter/Switch Handle
the open position Guard
• Factory-installed B-cap for immediate closure when
no top conduit connection will be made
• Provisions for interchangeable bolt-on B-hubs that can
be threaded onto conduit through the top endwall,
eliminating the need for heavy conduit junctions
• Extruded lip on top endwall opening eliminates the
need for gasketing to ensure tight closure
• Tangential openings for conduit eliminate need for
offsets and bends
• Blank top endwalls on enclosures of switches rated
above 200 amperes
• Enclosures of switches rated up to 200 amperes are
provided with knockouts—below the level of the lowest
live parts to maintain the integrity of the rainproof
design
• Electrical interlock installable on heavy duty switches
through 600 amperes Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
19.5 www.cedelevator.com 19.5
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 5 1/21/19 12:54 PM
19 Replacement
Contact Kits
■
MOTOR CONTROL & DISTRIBUTION
Allen-Bradley – Series K
OEM Replacement
Number Number Description
Z21101 K156 Size 00, 2 pole
Z21102 K157 Size 00, 3 pole
Z21103 9194CA Size 00, 4 pole
Z34037 9101CA Size 0, 1 pole
Z34038 9111CA Size 1, 1 pole
Certificate of Conformance Z34039 9121CA Size 2, 1 pole
Hoyt Corporation certifies that its contacts are equal Z34040 9131CA Size 3, 1 pole
to OEM contacts in form, fit and function and meet or Z34041 9141CA Size 4, 1 pole
exceed our quality specifications of the OEM part. Hoyt
further certifies that its contacts are being manufactured Z34042 9151CA Size 5, 1 pole
for the commercial market as an equivalent. Z34043* 9351CA Size 5, 1 pole
■
MOTOR CONTROL & DISTRIBUTION
Allen-Bradley – Series A
OEM Replacement OEM Replacement
Number Number Description Number Number Description
X33977 6802CA Size 0, Short Stationary X-36670 1012CA Size 2, Movable
X35162 6801CA Size 0, Long Stationary X-36703 6806CA Size 3, Stationary
X33553 1010CA Size 0, Movable X-36671 1013CA Size 3, Movable
X33519 6804CA Size 1 & 1P, Short Stationary X-67541 6807CA Size 4, Stationary
X35163 6803CA Size 1 & 1P, Long Stationary X-119624 1014CA Size 4, Movable
X33552 1011CA Size 1 & 1P, Movable X-98909 6808CA Size 5, Stationary
X36702 6805CA Size 2, Stationary X-104555 1015CA Size 5, Movable
Aromat
OEM Replacement OEM Replacement
Number Number Description Number Number Description
BM6-35-901 9823CLX Size 1++, 3 pole BM6-85-901 9853CLX Size 3+, 3 pole
BM6-50-901 9823CLX Size 2+, 3 pole BM6-125-901 9863CLX Size 3++, 3 pole
BM6-65-901 9853CLX Size 2++, 3 pole BM-160-901 9883CLX Size 4+, 3 pole
■
BM6-80-901 9853CLX Size 3, 3 pole BM6-190-901 9883CLX Size 4++, 3 pole
Cutler-Hammer – Series A1
OEM Replacement OEM Replacement
Number Number Description Number Number Description
6-23 K705 Size 1, 2 pole 6-25-2 9133CC Size 3, 3 pole
6-23-2 9113CC Size 1, 3 pole 6-26 K730 Size 4, 2 pole
6-23-3 K707 Size 1, 4 pole 6-26-2 9143CC Size 4, 3 pole
6-23-4 K708 Size 1, 5 pole 6-27 K735 Size 5, 2 pole
6-24 K710 Size 2, 2 pole 6-27-2 9153CC Size 5, 3 pole
6-24-2 9123CC Size 2, 3 pole 6-28 K738 Size 6 & 7, 2 pole
6-25 K720 Size 3, 2 pole 6-28-2 9163CC Size 6 & 7, 3 pole
Cutler-Hammer – Series B1
OEM Replacement OEM Replacement
Number Number Description Number Number Description
6-34 K712 Size 2, 2 pole 6-35-2 9233CC Size 3, 3 pole
6-34-2 9223CC Size 2, 3 pole 6-36 K732 Size 4, 2 pole
6-34-3 K714 Size 2, 4 pole 6-36-2 9243CC Size 4, 3 pole
6-34-4 K715 Size 2, 5 pole 6-36-3 K728* Size 4, 2 pole
6-35 K722 Size 3, 2 pole 6-36-4 9243CC Size 4, 3 pole
*Kits supplied without contact bar.
■
MOTOR CONTROL & DISTRIBUTION
Mitsubishi (cont.)
OEM Replacement OEM Replacement
Number Number Description Number Number Description
BH559N301 9243CX 3 Pole, S-K65 BH599N300 n/a 3 Pole, S(D)K220
BH559N302 9233CX 3 Pole, SD-K50 BH599N301 n/a 3 Pole, 9183CX
BH559N303 9243CX 3 Pole, SD-K65 BH609N300 n/a 3 Pole, 9193CX
BH559N306 9123CX 3 Pole, S-K38 BH609N301 n/a 3 Pole, 9293CX
BH559N307 9223CX 3 Pole, S-K48 BH619N300 n/a 3 Pole, 9383CX
BH569N300 9153CX 3 Pole, S-K80 BH619N301 n/a 3 Pole, 9393CX
Siemens-Allis – Value Line
OEM Replacement OEM Replacement
Number Number Description Number Number Description
25-106-921-812 9114CV Size 1, 4 Pole 14-124-454-001 n/a Size 4+, 1 Pole
25-106-922-812 9123CV Size 2, 3 Pole 14-125-864-001 n/a Size 5, 1 Pole
25-106-923-812 9133CV Size 3, 3 Pole 14-133-172-001 n/a Size 6, 1 pole
25-106-924-812 9143CV Size 4, 3 Pole
Siemens-Allis – World Series – AC Contactors
■
OEM Replacement OEM Replacement
Number Number Description Number Number Description
3TY6440-OA 9503CV Size 1, 3 Pole, 3TB Series 3TY7470-OA 9723CV Size 21⁄2, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
3TY6460-OA 9513CV Size 2, 3 Pole, 3TB Series 3TY7480-OA 9733CV Size 3, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
3TY6470-OA 9523CV Size 21⁄2, 3 Pole, 3TB Series 3TY7500-OA 9743CV Size 31⁄2, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
3TY6480-OA 9533CV Size 3, 3 Pole, 3TB Series 3TY7520-OA 9753CV Size 4, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
3TY6500-OA 9543CV Size 31⁄2, 3 Pole, 3TB Series 3TY7520-OB n/a Size 4, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
3TY6520-OA 9553CV Size 4, 3 Pole, 3TB Series 3TY7540-OA 9763CV Size 41⁄2, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
3TY6540-OA 9563CV Size 41⁄2, 3 Pole, 3TB Series 3TY7540-OB n/a Size 41⁄2, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
3TY6560-OA 9573CV Size 5, 3 Pole, 3TB Series 3TY7560-OA 9733CV Size 5, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
3TY6580-OA 9583CV Size 6, 3 Pole, 3TB Series 3TY7560-OB n/a Size 5, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
3TY7440-OA 9703CV Size 1, 3 Pole, 3TF Series 3TY7580-OA 9883CV Size 6, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
3TY7460-OA 9713CV Size 2, 3 Pole, 3TF Series
* Kits supplied with all hardware except elastic spring retainer
CA5 CONTACTS
OEM Replacement
Number Number Description
CA5-CP550 9251CR CA5-550
CA5-CP700 9261CR CA5-700
CA5-CP860 9270CR CA5-860
CA7 CONTACTS
Replacement
Number Description
9543CR CA7-30/37/43
9563CR CA7-60/72
9563CR CA7/85
Telemecanique
OEM Replacement OEM Replacement
Number Number Description Number Number Description
G203C 9813CT Size 1, 3 Pole, Gould/ITE LA5-FG431 9423CN 3 Pole, LC1F185 Series
G203D 9823CT Size 2, 3 Pole, Gould/ITE LA5-FH431 9433CN 3 Pole, LC1F265 Series
G203E 9833CT Size 3, 3 Pole, Gould/ITE LA5-FJ431 9453CN 3 Pole, LC1FJ43 Series, 300 amp
G203F 9843CT Size 4, 3 Pole, Gould/ITE LA5-FK431 9463CN 3 Pole, LC1FK43 Series, 540 amp
G203G 9853CT Size 5, 3 Pole, Gould/ITE LA5-FL431 9473CN 3 Pole, LC1Fl43 Series, 900 amp
LA5-FF431 9413CN 3 Pole, LC1F115-F150 Series LA5-F400803 9453CN 3 Pole, LC1F330-F400 Series
■
MOTOR CONTROL & DISTRIBUTION
Westinghouse – Type A200, N & NF, Ampgard, M & MD, APC
OEM Replacement OEM Replacement
Number Number Description Number Number Description
1605202 9123CW Size 2, 3 pole 373B331G11 9222CW Size 2, 2 pole
1605212 9113CW Size 1, 3 pole 373B331G12 9223CW Size 2, 3 pole
1620145 9152CW Size 5, 2 pole 373B331G13 9224CW Size 2, 4 pole
1620146 9153CW Size 5, 3 pole 373B331G14 9225CW Size 2, 5 pole
1625563 9133CW Size 3, 3 pole 373B331G18 9294CW Size 00, 4 pole
1625564 9143CW Size 4, 3 pole 461A757G17 9271CW Size 7, 1 pole
180C180G01 K127 35 amp, 2 pole 477B477G01 K001 Size 5, 1 pole
180C180G02 9503CW 35 amp, 3 pole 477B477G03 K006 Size 5, 1 pole
180C180G05 K129 100 amp, 2 pole 477B477G05 9251CW Size 5, 1 pole
180C180G06 9513CW 100 amp, 3 pole 477B477G06 K120 Size 5, 1 pole
2066A10G11 9261CW Size 6, 1 pole 5250C81G01 K124 Size 4, 2 pole
2147A22G01 9643CW 200 amp, 3 pole 5250C81G16 K124 Size 4, 2 pole
2147A42G01 9663CW 400 amp, 3 pole 5250C81G02 K125 Size 4, 3 pole
2147A72G01 9673CW 700 amp, 3 pole 5250C81G17 9943CW Size 4, 3 pole
■
2147A72G02 9673CW 700 amp, 3 pole H.D. 626B187G12 9232CW Size 3, 3 pole
217A700G15 9761CW Size 6, 1 pole 626B187G13 9233CW Size 3, 3 pole
2184A10G14 9521CW 10/150 amp, 1 pole 626B187G14 9234CW Size 3, 4 pole
26D2610G14 9401CW 100/150 amp, 1 pole 626B187G15 9235CW Size 3, 5 pole
26D2610G15 9411CW 300 amp, 1 pole 626B187G16 9242CW Size 4, 2 pole
26D2610G16 9421CW 900 amp, 1 pole 626B187G17 9243CW Size 4, 3 pole
26D2610G18 9431CW 1350 amp, 1 pole 626B187G18 9244CW Size 4, 4 pole
26D2610G19 9481CW 1350 amp, 1 pole 626B187G19 9245CW Size 4, 5 pole
26D2610G20 9441CW 2500 amp, 1 pole 646C829G05 9281CW Size 8, 1 pole
26D2610G21 9451CW 100/150 amp, 1 pole 672B788G03 K081 Size 21⁄2, 5 pole
26D2610G22 9461CW 300 amp, 1 pole 672B788G09 9703CW Size 21⁄2, 3 pole
26D2610G23 9471CW 900 amp, 1 pole 672B839G01 K077 250 amp, 2 pole DP Model A
26D2610G24 9771CW 900 amp, 1 pole 672B839G02 K079 250 amp, 3 pole DP Model A
373B331G04 9204CW Size 0, 4 pole 672B839G21 K075 250 amp, 2 pole DP Model B
373B331G07 9212CW Size 1, 2 pole 672B839G22 K126 250 amp, 3 pole DP Model B
373B331G09 9214CW Size 1, 4 pole
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
20.1 20.1
46239_CED Sect 10-20.indd 1 1/21/19 12:54 PM
20 Motor Generator Filters
“A simple, cost-effective solution
■
to a complicated problem”
MOTOR GENERATOR FILTERS
No heat build-up
All Sanders Filters have been designed to operate
with zero temperature increase, even fully loaded.
Self extinguishing
■
NEW CLEAN INSTALLATION (IMPERIAL 366) These filters have passed a #302 automotive test for
flammability.
Complete system
Sanders, Inc. offers 105 different filters systems
designed specifically for each motor generator
frame size and configuration, in conjunction with
the two largest elevator manufacturers. These
systems are specified as OEM parts and are
currently in use in their service contracts. These
Carbon Dust Filtration Systems have had thousands
of successful installations over the last 10 years.
■
As brushes wear, MG sets exhaust residual
Product Listing by Frame Number
■
Part Number Filter(s) W113-7.5 4 cubes
Solution: I280T 2 cubes, 2 panels W113-10.5 4 cubes
The Sanders Carbon Dust Filtration System uses I284A 2 cubes, 2 panels W123 4 cubes
an extended surface cube that allows air to pass I286A 2 cubes, 2 panels W143 4 cubes
through without restriction, as if the filter wasn’t I320T 2 cubes, 2 panels W153 4 cubes
even there. All filters have been individually I324T 2 cubes, 2 panels W286A 4 cubes, 1 panel
designed, tested and thermo-scanned during I326 2 cubes, 2 panels W405 4 cubes
normal use to insure a zero temperature I360T 2 cubes, 2 panels W444 4 cubes, 1 panel
increase, fully loaded with carbon dust.* I365 2 cubes W444L 4 cubes, 1 panel
The complete system includes a custom I366 2 cubes, 2 panels W444A 4 cubes, 1 panel
designed set of filters and a bag for blowing I367T 2 cubes W587 4 cubes, 1 panel
out the carbon dust from the MG set before I368 2 cubes, 2 panels W685A 4 cubes, 1 panel
installing the filters. I407A 2 cubes W2810A 4 cubes, 1 panel
*Follow manufacturer’s recommended change schedule, I409A 2 cubes W360-9 1 wrist band
average 3 months.
ID37YT 2 cubes W3609L 1 wrist band
W3609.5 4 cubes, 1 panel
Design: Leroy Summers W3609A 4 cubes, 1 panel
All Sanders motor generator filters are heat- Part Number Filter(s) W5010A 4 cubes, 1 panel
sealed, creating a plastic stay that assures the LS46 wrist band W5012A 4 cubes, 1 panel
filters will hold their shape, allowing for proper LS64 wrist band W5014A 4 cubes, 1 panel
airflow without overheating the MG set. All LS280 wrist band
are tagged to record installation date and the LS375 wrist band Westinghouse Exciters
recommended change schedule. Sanders has LS500 wrist band Part Number Filter(s)
identified 137 different motor generator frames, LS50 rev 1 end cube W256E 4 cubes, 1 panel
and is continually adding new sets. If you do not LS57 rev 1 end cube W444E 4 cubes, 1 panel
see the MG set you need listed, please contact W3609E 4 cubes, 1 panel
CED. Otis
Part Number Filter(s) All Styles
O71 1 cube Part Number Filter(s)
O82 1 cube Small Bag B15
O95 1 crescent cube Medium Bag B18
O115 1 cube Large Bag B40
Velcro V 25’
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
21.1 21.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:57 PM
21 Mufflers & Couplings
Mufflers
■
Isolation Coupling
• Reduces mechanically transmitted noise between
power unit and car
• Use with muffler for maximum sound reduction
ISC2G
• Dielectric strength of 25 KV
Isolation Pads
Part Number Description
CALDY1 6"x18"x1/4" Ribbed Pads
CALDY2 6"x24"x1/2" Wafffle Pads
CALDY1 CALDY2
■
The MEI Silencer is an in-line device that reduces the noise
BENEFITS
• 40-60% reduction in system noise and vibration
Silencer Cross Section View
• Extended component life Air Charging
Valve
• Fewer leaks
■
Silencer Cross Section View
Air Charging
• Lower long-term system maintenance costs Valve
• Smoother system operation
HOW IT WORKS
Hydraulic pulsations (noise) enter the silencer and go
through three different noise baffles or diffusers. After
passing through these baffles, the pulsations then strike a
rubber tube, or bladder, charged with air to 35% to 50% Hydraulic Oil 3 Baffle Air Charge Bladder
of the hydraulic operating pressure. Hit by a pulsation, the Chamber
Diffuser
3 Baffle Tube
bladder deflects slightly, reducing the size of the pulsation Hydraulic Oil
Chamber
Air Charge Bladder
RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS B
• Dry or submersible hydraulic power units for all hydraulic B
elevator car types. Silencer Cross Section View
Air Charging
Valve
Part Number Description A B
C 7C
19316 Silencer 2" GRV x 2" GRV 13 ¼ 1¼" 3 /8"
(100 max. GPM) TYP C
19317 Silencer 2" GRV x 2" GRV 13 ¼ 1¼" 4 5/8"
(220 max. GPM) TYP A
19318 Silencer 2½" GRV x 2½" GRV13 ¼ 1¼" 4 5/8"
(325 max. GPM) TYP A
19319 Silencer 3" GRV x 2½" GRV 13 ¼ 1¼" 4 5/8"
(360 max. GPM) TYP Hydraulic Oil 3 Baffle
Chamber
Air Charge Bladder
American Crescent–Commercial
Plunger Solid Packing Set
Size Number
31⁄2" 9EA109-06
41⁄2" 9EA109-07
5" 9EA109-08
51⁄2" 9EA109-09
6" 9EA109-10*
61⁄2" 9EA109-11*
71⁄2" 9EA109-14*
81⁄2" 9EA109-13*
$0(5,&$1&5(6&(17+2/(/(66
■
121⁄2" 9EA109-12*
• Additional seal and lantern ring included.
Assembled as wiper, seal, lantern, seal, bearing.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Amtech (IDESA) (Mftd. since the 1970s) OTHER VERSIONS
Solid Split Split
Plunger Packing Set Packing Set Autopak Set
Size Number* Number Number**
3" 6EA116-11 N/A 1AT114-11
37⁄8" 6EA116-06 6EA107-06 1AT114-09
4" 6EA116-01 6EA107-01 1AT114-10
43⁄8" 6EA116-07 6EA107-07 1AT114-01
41⁄2" 6EA116-02 6EA107-02 1AT114-02
5" 6EA116-03 6EA107-03 1AT114-03
57⁄16" 6EA116-08 6EA107-08 1AT114-04
51⁄2" 6EA116-04 6EA107-04 1AT114-05
■
6" 6EA116-09 6EA107-09 1AT114-06
61⁄2" 6EA116-05 6EA107-05 1AT114-07
7" 6EA116-10 6EA107-10 1AT114-08 7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Armor
Solid
Plunger Packing Set
Size Number
3" 9EA003-23
3" 9EA003-24
4" 9EA003-26
41⁄4" 9EA003-17
47⁄16" 9EA003-01
41⁄2" 9EA003-25
5" 9EA003-18
51⁄2" 9EA003-02
6" 9EA003-19 7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
69⁄16" 9EA003-03
79⁄16" 9EA003-04*
89⁄16" 9EA003-05
99⁄16" 9EA003-06
1011⁄16" 9EA003-07
1211⁄16" 9EA003-08
• *Lantern not available
• In Canada: “Schindler;” in USA: “Kone”
• Easily confused with Rosenberg or Long
• May require gasket (not included) if completely disassembled.
Bore-Max
Solid Seals Only Split
Plunger Packing Set Set Number Autopak Set
Size Number* (1 required)* Number**
21⁄2" 9EA006-01 9RF006-01 1AT083-01
3" 9EA006-19 9RF006-19 1AT083-19
31⁄2" 9EA006-02 9RF006-02 1AT083-02
37⁄8" 9EA006-20 9RF006-20 1AT083-20
4" 9EA006-15 9RF006-15 1AT083-15
43⁄8" 9EA006-03 9RF006-03 1AT083-03
41⁄2" 9EA006-21 9RF006-21 1AT083-21
5" 9EA006-04 9RF006-04 1AT083-04
■
©1996, 1999, 2002, 2006, 2008 The Texacone Company. May not be reproduced without permission. 57⁄16" 9EA006-05 9RF006-05 1AT083-05
51⁄2" 9EA006-06 9RF006-06 1AT083-06
6" 9EA006-14 9RF006-14 1AT083-14
61⁄2" 9EA006-07 9RF006-07 1AT083-07
69⁄16" 9EA006-08 9RF006-08 1AT083-08
7" 9EA006-09 9RF006-09 1AT083-09
71⁄2" 9EA006-10 9RF006-10 1AT083-10
8" 9EA006-16 9RF006-16 1AT083-16
81⁄2" 9EA006-11 9RF006-11 1AT083-11
9" 9EA006-17 9RF006-17 1AT083-17
91⁄2" 9EA006-12 9RF006-12 1AT083-12
10" 9EA006-18 9RF006-18 1AT083-18
101⁄2" 9EA006-22 9RF006-22 1AT083-22
105⁄8" 9EA006-13 9RF006-13 1AT083-13
• Plunger > 6" normally has round cover plate.
• For Autopak Sets reuse the existing lantern, bearing and wiper.
Autopak Sets come in 1-5-1 arrangement.
• 10" casings and above may require gasket or O-Ring if com-
pletely disassembled. Not available.
Cemco 22
Cemco–Flange (Screw on)
■
Plunger Complete Packing Set
Size Number
■
6" 9EA019-07 7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
61⁄2" 9EA019-08
7" 9EA019-09
71⁄2" 9EA019-15
8" 9EA019-16
81⁄2" 9EA019-10
9" 9EA019-17
91⁄2" 9EA019-18
10"*** 9EA019-19
101⁄2"*** 9EA019-20*
105⁄8" 9EA019-21
125⁄8"***
• Often confused with EECO LJ.
9EA019-23
&(0&2:(/'('6,1*/(6($/
• *No wiper available.
• **These are not common.
71⁄2" 9EA106-11
8 9EA106-12
81⁄2" 9EA106-11
• Contains additional O-Ring
• *3.93 and 51⁄2" can be easily confused with the Otis/Cemco
head packaging.
Coast (CA)
Plunger Solid Packing Set
Size Number
4" 6EA035-01
43⁄8" 6EA035-02
5" 6EA035-03
57⁄16" 6EA035-04
51⁄2" 6EA035-05
6" 6EA035-06
67⁄16" 6EA035-07
61⁄2" 6EA035-08
■
7" 6EA035-09
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
71⁄2" 6EA035-10
8" 6EA035-11
81⁄2" 6EA035-12
10" 6EA035-13
• Recommend O-Ring Splicing Kit - 1RA027
Concord
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
11⁄2" 9EA152-01
2" 9EA152-02
21⁄2" 9EA152-03
23⁄4" 6EA152-04
31⁄4" 6EA152-05
• Place the (2) wear rings together in the groove
'29(5 7+<66(1.5833 ,92 ©1996, 1999, 2002, 2006, 2008 The Texacone Company. May not be reproduced without permission.
Dover (Thyssenkrupp)–IV0
Split
Plunger Autopak Set
Size Number
37⁄8" 1A084-10*
• * Autopak is the recommended replacement packing.
• Inverted cylinder. Unit extremely difficult to disassemble to
install solid seals. Specify if solid set is preferred.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Dover (Thyssenkrupp)–Rota
Solid
Plunger Packing Set
Size Number
31⁄2" (3S) 3EA023-11*
43⁄8" (4S) 9EA023-12
57⁄16" (5S) 9EA023-13
61⁄2" (6S) 9EA023-14
71⁄2" (7S) 4E104**
■
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Dover (Thyssenkrupp)–Rotary
Solid
Plunger Packing Set Autopak Set
Size Number Number*
AFTER 2006
7-1/2" (7S) 3EA023-04
8-1/2" (8S) 3EA023-05
9-1/2" (9S) 3EA023-06
10-5/8" (10S) 3EA023-07
12-5/8" (12S) 3EA023-08
15-3/4" (15S) 3EA023-09*
BEFORE 1955 AND 1965-1968
4-3/8" 1AT084-01
5-7/16" 1AT084-02
6-1/2" 1AT084-03 7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
BEFORE 2006
7-1/2" (7S) 1AT084-04
8-1/2" (8S) 1AT084-05
9-1/2" (9S) 1AT084-06
10-5/8" (10S) 1AT084-07
12-5/8" (12S) 1AT084-08
15-3/4" (15S) 1AT084-09*
Solid
CJ Plunger Packing Set Autopak Set
PACKINGS & SEALS
EECO–HJ
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number*
43⁄8" 6EA008-13
5" 6EA008-14
57⁄16" 6EA008-15
6" 6EA008-16
61⁄2" 6EA008-17
• EECO recommends calling for replacement cylinder head.
• Very few exist. Looks identical to LJ on outside.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
■
81⁄2" 9EA008-07
91⁄2" 9EA008-20
105⁄8" 9EA008-08*
125⁄8" 9EA008-09*
TLJ–Telescopic**
31⁄2" / 57⁄16" 9EA008-22
43⁄8" / 61⁄2" 6EA008-23
EECO–NJ, PJ & TJ
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number*
23⁄4" 9EA120-01
3" 9EA120-02
37⁄16" 9EA120-03
37⁄8" 9EA120-04
4" 9EA120-05
43⁄8" 9EA120-06
5" 9EA120-07
57⁄16" 9EA120-08
6" 9EA120-09 7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
61⁄2" 9EA120-10
7" 9EA120-14
71⁄2" 9EA120-15
8" 9EA120-19
81⁄2" 9EA120-13
• NJ manufactured from 1989 to 1996.
• PJ manufactured after 1996
• 23/4" & 37/16" easily confused with custom Elev. Mfg.
• Most sets include O-Rings for both NJ and PJ units, discard extra
• Smaller sizes contain rod seal as standard
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
EECO–PJ & TJ
TJ–Telescopic*
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
21⁄2" 9EA120-16
23⁄4" 9EA120-11
4" 9EA120-17
41⁄2" 9EA120-18**
Elevator Manufacturing
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
3" 9EA137-19
31⁄2" 9EA137-02
4" 9EA137-15
43⁄8" 9EA137-03
5" 9EA137-04
57⁄16" 9EA137-05
51⁄2" 9EA137-06
6" 9EA137-14
61⁄2" 9EA137-07
7" 9EA137-09
81⁄2" 9EA137-11
101⁄2" 9EA137-22
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
105⁄8" 9EA137-13
• May require gasket (not included) if completely disassembled.
• Plunger > 6" normally has round cover plate.
■
Solid
Plunger Packing Set
■
8" 9EA024-09
9" 9EA024-10
105⁄8" 9EA024-11
125⁄8" 9EA024-12
137⁄8" 3EA024-32*
157⁄8" 3EA024-33*
177⁄8" 3EA024-34*
• * Wiper not available.
• May require gasket (not included) if completely disassembled.
4" 9EA024-22*
41⁄2" 9EA024-23
5" 9EA024-24
51⁄2" 9EA024-25
6" 9EA024-26
61⁄2"** 9EA024-30
7" 9EA024-27
71⁄2" 9EA024-36
8" 9EA024-09
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
Victaulic Gasket
Gasket Size Part Number
4" thru 41⁄2" 1G022-6*
5" thru 61⁄2" 1G021-8*
61⁄2" thru 8" 1G023-10*
Esco–P9 Holeless–886
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
31⁄4" (Before July 1983) 3EA024-28
31⁄4" (After July 1983) 3EA024-29
31⁄4" (Both Seals) 3EA024-37*
4" 9EA024-22
• If date is not known, recommend 3EA024-37 which contains
seals for both 31⁄4" versions.
Esco–Cable Roped
Solid
Cable Packing Set
Size Number*
5
⁄8" 6EA129-01
&$%/(&$%/(&$%/(
5
⁄8" (RES) 6EA129-02
5
⁄8" 6EA129-03*
3
⁄4"** 7E025
• * Not as common. Only way to determine correct packing is to
disassemble call for assistance. Split wear rings used instead
of solid bearings shown.
• ** Call for Complete set availability.
• Each unit requires (4) sets except 5⁄8" RES which requires
(2) sets.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Federal
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
23⁄8" 6EA140-01
23⁄4" 9EA140-02
31⁄2" 9EA140-03
• This is a direct replacement for the original factory supplied
"chevron" style.
• Identical look new head design in 2004 uses smaller O-Ring.
■
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Florlift
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
2" 6EA144-01
21⁄2" 6EA144-02
3" 6EA144-03
4" 6EA144-04
• Looks similar to Giant Lift
• "Old" Florlift heads use different seal. Call for availability.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
GCE
Plunger Solid Packing Replacement Seal
Size Set Number Number (1 required)
27⁄8" 9EA148-01* 9E035
3" 9EA1148-02 9E051
• * O-Ring included.
• Heads used with multi-piece plungers require O-Ring.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
General – F2
Plunger Solid Packing
STEEL Size Set Number
47⁄16" 9EA151-01
41⁄2" 9EA151-02
51⁄2" 9EA151-03
517⁄32" 9EA151-04
61⁄2" 9EA151-05
617⁄32" 9EA151-06
71⁄2" 9EA151-07
717⁄32" 9EA151-08
81⁄2" 9EA151-09
817⁄32" 9EA151-10
• Additional sizes available, please inquire.
• O-Ring sizes vary per unit. See O-Ring Splicing Kit page.
• Reuse existing shoulder bearing. Replacements available upon
request.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Global (Hydrotech Cylinders)
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
2" 9EA121-01
21⁄2" 9EA121-02
23⁄4" 9EA121-03
3" 9EA121-04
31⁄2" 9EA121-05
4" 9EA121-06
43⁄8" 9EA121-16
41⁄2" 9EA121-07
■
5" 9EA121-08
57⁄16" 9EA121-15
51⁄2" 9EA121-09
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
6" 9EA121-10
61⁄2" 9EA121-11
71⁄2" 9EA121-12*
81⁄2" 6EA121-13*
105⁄8" 9EA121-14*
• *These sets contain (2) seals. Assembled as wiper, seal,
bearing, seal.
• Manufactured until 2006.
Globe Hoist
Plunger Split Autopak
Size Set Number
43⁄8" 1AT117-01
53⁄8" 1AT117-02
67⁄16" 1AT117-03
71⁄2" 1AT117-04
81⁄2" 1AT117-05
105⁄8" 1AT117-06
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Hollister-Whitney (Old)
Plunger Complete Packing Set
Size Number
43⁄8" 9EA119-01
41⁄2" 9EA119-02
53⁄8" 9EA119-03
57⁄16" 9EA119-04
61⁄2" 9EA119-05
71⁄2" 9EA119-06
81⁄2" 9EA119-07
105⁄8" 9EA119-08
• Manufactured from 1970 to 1981 7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Hollister-Whitney
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
43⁄8" 9EA017-01
41⁄2" 9EA017-02
53⁄8" 9EA017-03
57⁄16" 9EA017-04
61⁄2" 9EA017-05
71⁄2" 9EA017-06
81⁄2" 9EA017-07
105⁄8" 9EA017-08
■
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Home
Plunger Split Autopak
Size Set Number
4" 1A107-01
41⁄2" 1A107-02
5" 1A107-03
51⁄2" 1A107-04
6" 1A107-05
• Not supplied as Super Slick Autopak.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Hydromoris (Kone)
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
60mm 9EA131-01
70mm 9EA131-02
80mm 6EA131-03
90mm 9EA131-04
100mm 9EA131-05
110mm 9EA131-06
120mm 9EA131-07
130mm 9EA131-08
140mm 9EA131-09
150mm 9EA131-10
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ 160mm 9EA131-11
180mm 9EA131-12
200mm 9EA131-13
• Manufactured from 2000 to 2004.
• Easily confused with Oil Lift (OLS/GMV)
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Inclinator
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
25⁄16" 9EA135-01
213⁄16" 9EA135-02
■
ITI–In Ground 7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
37⁄8" 1
⁄2 9EA146-10
4" 3
⁄8 9EA146-12
4" 1
⁄2 9EA146-13
43⁄8" 1
⁄2 9EA146-15
47⁄16" 1
⁄2 9EA146-17
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ 41⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA146-14
45⁄8" 1
⁄2 9EA146-16
47⁄8" 1
⁄2 6EA146-31
5" 1
⁄2 9EA146-18
57⁄16" 1
⁄2 9EA146-20
51⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA146-19
6" 1
⁄2 9EA146-21
61⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA146-22
69⁄16" 1
⁄2 9EA146-23
71⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA146-24
8" 1
⁄2 9EA146-25
89⁄16" 1
⁄2 9EA146-26
9 1⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA146-27
99⁄16" 1
⁄2 9EA146-28
1011⁄16" 1
⁄2 6EA146-29
1211⁄16" 1
⁄2 6EA146-30
• Complete seal repack for telescopic units require (2) or more
sets plus piston seal.
• Other sizes available, call with plunger size and cross section
• Most sets contain several O-Rings to accommodate different
cylinder sizes
• First digit of serial number indicates type of unit: (2) in ground,
(3) holeless, (4) telescopic.
• Uses bronze screw on head.
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Marmac
Plunger Split Autopak
Size Set Number
43⁄8" 1A119-01
53⁄8" 1A119-02
61⁄2" 1A119-03
81⁄2" 1A119-04
101⁄2" 1A119-05
121⁄2" 1A119-06
133⁄4" 1A119-07
153⁄4" 1A119-08
■
173⁄4" 1A119-09
183⁄4" 1A119-10
213⁄4" 1A119-11
• Autopak not supplied as superslick 7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
• Some units use an "Oil Reclaimer" Lantern. If so equipped,
must reuse lantern. May have extra rings left over after repack.
• 10 1/2" plungers and larger uses non-standard wiper. Not avail-
able at this time
8.57" 1AT074-43
9.47" 1AT074-44
10.7" 1AT074-45*
12.7" 1AT074-46*
• * Autopak is not supplied as superslick. Must use spacer or filler
ring with Autopak sets to compress packaing.
• Uses bronze gland.
• May require gasket if completely disassembled. Not available.
• Plungers 8.57 and larger, also see Montgomery (Kone) 1993
Montgomery (Kone)–Holeless
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
2.84" 9EA018-03
3" 9EA018-01
31⁄2" 9EA018-02
• Some older units do not have groove for wear ring.
• Usually need (2) sets per car.
• Metal ring in bottom of head MUST be removed to replace seals
■
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Montgomery (Kone)–1993
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
8.57" 3EA026-25
9.47" 3EA026-24
10.7" 3EA026-21
12.7" 3EA026-22
• Manufactured from 1993
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Mowrey
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
37⁄8" 9EA063-09
4" 9EA063-10
43⁄8" (4m) 9EA063-01
41⁄2" 9EA063-11
5" 9EA063-12
57⁄16" (5m) 9EA063-02
51⁄2" 9EA063-13
6" 9EA063-14
61⁄2" (6m) 9EA063-03
71⁄2" 9EA063-14
• Usually does not have grooves on barrel.
• Often confused with Cemco Flanges.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Northern QPH
Plunger Cross Solid Packing
Size Section Set Number
21⁄2" 3
⁄8 9EA095-10*
3" 3
⁄8 9EA095-01
31⁄2" 3
⁄8 9EA095-02
31⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA095-05
4" 3
⁄8 9EA095-03
4" 1
⁄2 9EA095-06
41⁄2" 3
⁄8 9EA095-04
41⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA095-07
■
4.96" 3
⁄8 9EA095-11
5 3
⁄8 9EA095-08
51⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA095-12
6" 1
⁄2 9EA095-13
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
6.48" 1
⁄2 9EA095-17
61⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA095-14
7" 1
⁄2 9EA095-15
71⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA095-16
81⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA095-09
• * No O-Ring available. Recommend O-Ring splicing kit. Any
head tagged as Northern after 1995 install date is probably a
Thyssenkrupp unit, usually a Roped Hydro.
200mm 9EA141-11*
• * Call for availability of complete set.
• Easily confused with Hyda
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
• Wiper not available. Some units may require (2) wear rings.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
SCREW ON
■
Plunger Solid
Size Packing Set
■
153⁄4" (16) 6EA001-11
• There are EXCEPTIONS (Newer units may have Cemco Lift tag;
Gasket shown not inlcuded; During the transitional years (1992 Illustrations are the property of Texacone and may not be reproduced without permission.
to 1996), there are some "newer" models with "old" sizes and
vise versa) Questions? Answers at…
• Other sizes typically associated with model mfg 1993 to 2012 (866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
22.23 www.cedelevator.com 22.23
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 23 1/21/19 12:57 PM
22 Otis
Otis–Holeless
■
23⁄4" 9EA128-01
2.84"* 9EA128-02
• Early units had spacer plus a bearing: current packing set com-
bines both into 1 piece
• 23/4" Holeless uses pop-in wiper
• * Very few of the earliest 2.84 units require soft pop-in wiper.
Please call for assistance if you have one of those rare units.
• Usually need 2 set per car on Holeless Units.
Otis–Roped
■
Otis–Telescopic
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
3.00/4.62" 9EA067-01
3.52/5.10" 9EA067-02
4.37/6.32" 9EA067-03
3.87/5.71" 9EA067-04
3.00/4.62"* 9EA067-05
• *Unit manufactured after 1977.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Otis/Cemco
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
37⁄8" 9EA110-05
3.93" 9EA110-01**
43⁄8" 9EA110-06
4.43" 9EA110-02**
57⁄16" 9EA110-07
5.50" 9EA110-03**
61⁄2"* 9EA110-10
6.56" 9EA110-09**
■
6.56"* 9EA110-11
• *These cylinder heads look like the Cemco–Flange head.
• **Wear ring and additional O-Ring included in these sets.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Plunger Lift
STEEL BRASS
Plunger Solid Packing Solid Packing
Size Set Number Set Number
4" 9EA034-01 1A129-01
5" 9EA034-02 1A129-01
6" 9EA034-03 1A129-03
7" 9EA034-04 1A129-04, STEEL HEAD BRASS HEAD
Porta-flex (C.E.E.)
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
41⁄2" 1AT090-02
57⁄16" 1AT090-03
51⁄2" 1AT090-04
61⁄2" 1AT090-05
81⁄2" 1AT090-06
101⁄2" 1AT090-07
• Manufactured prior to 1971.
• May require gasket (not included) if completely disassembled.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Richmond
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
43⁄8" 9EA142-01
57⁄16" 9EA142-02
61⁄2" 9EA142-03
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
San Jose
Plunger Packing Set
Size Number
41⁄2" 1A093-01
51⁄2" 1A093-02
61⁄2" 1A093-03
71⁄2" 1A093-04
81⁄2" 1A093-05
• Packing Sets and Autopak are 3⁄4 cross section.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Schindler–MPH2 (Martin, D.L.)
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
31⁄2" 9EA113-01
33⁄4" 9EA113-02
4" 9EA113-03*
41⁄2" 9EA113-04*
5" 9EA113-05
51⁄2" 9EA113-06
6" 9EA113-07 7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
61⁄2" 9EA113-08
■
7" 9EA113-09
8" 9EA113-10
• Manufactured since 1989 by D.L. Martin.
• Packing sets are 1⁄4 cross section.
• Some units have been field retrofitted to accept 3⁄8 or 1⁄2 cross
section seals. Please call for availability.
• Early units had (4) bolts, (2) rings. Later units had (2) bolts,
(1) O-Ring
• Easily confused with Westinghouse MPH1 which was manufac-
tured before 1989. Notice outisde cylinder head wall is much
shorter than MPH1.
• * These sizes have extra O-Ring for alternate cylinder size.
90mm 9EA130-03*
• *Only one Foot Piece O-Ring included per Multi-Stage set
• Inverted Cylinder
• See chart below for model number requirements.
• Drip ring collectors available for all stages
• Old piston bands may cause friction
• Typically Twin Post needs 2 sets per job (1 set per pack)
Solid Packing Model Number
Set Number 60-2Y 75-2Y 90-2Y 60-3Y 75-3Y
60mm x x
75mm x x x x
90mm x x x x
105mm x x
Southeastern
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Thyssenkrupp–Rota U-Cup
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
37⁄8" (3S) 9EA023-22
43⁄8" (4S) 9EA127-01
57⁄16" (5S) 9EA127-02
61⁄2" (6S) 9EA127-03
71⁄2" (7S)** 9EA127-04
81⁄2" (8S)** 9EA127-05
• Manufactured as of 2005. Looks similar to Dover–Rota except
uses flange type nuts and conventional U-cup seal
• All sets have extra O-Rings.
• 37/8" (3S) Rota head looks slightly different; made earlier.
• ** 7S and 8S use copper gasket, not O-ring. Not available.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
■
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
71⁄2" 9EA033-16
79⁄16" 6EA033-07
75⁄8" 6EA033-17
81⁄2" 9EA033-18
89⁄16" 6EA033-08
85⁄8" 9EA033-19*
• * Wiper is different than shown in picture
• Lantern supplied with set but reuse existing lantern
bearing if possible.
• Some sets contain several O-Rings for different cylinder types
and sizes.
• Usually requires (1) seal for 59⁄16" and under;
(2) seals for 6" and over. All sets shown contain (2) seals.
• Lanterns are individiually sized by United when manufacturing.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
23⁄8" 1
⁄2 6EA033-09
27⁄8" 1
⁄2 6EA033-10
31⁄2"* 3
⁄8 9EA033-11
31⁄2"** 7
⁄16 6EA033-12
31⁄2"*** 1
⁄2 9EA033-22
4" 1
⁄2 9EA033-23
41⁄2" 1
⁄2 9EA033-24
• * Manufactured before April 1988.
• ** Manufactured from April 1988 to Sept 2000.
• *** Manufactured after Oct 2000.
• **** Wiper not available.
■
U.S.– Aluminum
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
U.S.–MT
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number
4" 6EA012-01
41⁄2" 6EA012-02
5" 6EA012-03
51⁄2" 6EA012-04
6" 6EA012-05
61⁄2" 6EA012-06
7" 6EA012-07
• Manufactured from 1983 to 1986.
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
■
Plunger Size Solid Packing
Actual (Nom) Set Number
■
• Plunger diameters may be up to .020 larger than dimensions 7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
shown on table
• Looks similar to US Bench Pack
4" 9EA117-01
41⁄2" 9EA117-02
51⁄2" 9EA117-03
6" 9EA117-04
61⁄2" 9EA117-05
■
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
Westinghouse–MPH1
Plunger Solid Packing Set
Size Set Number
31⁄2" 9EA025-01
33⁄8" 9EA025-02
4" 9EA025-03
41⁄2" 9EA025-04
51⁄2" 9EA025-05
6" 9EA025-06
61⁄2" 9EA025-07
7" 9EA025-08
8" 9EA025-09
• Easily confused with Schindler MPH2 which has been manu-
factured since 1989. Notice outside cylinder head wall is much
longer than MPH2.
• 3rd O-Ring is to be positioned on OD groove in bottom striker
plate if it is removed.
• Remove bottom sriker plate in cases of plunger damage.
• There are (4) grooves on OD packing sleeve. ONLY (2) are
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
O-Ring grooves.
• Grooves with port holes are NOT for O-Rings.
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
White-Evans
Plunger Solid Packing
Size Set Number*
43⁄8" 6EA125-01
41⁄2" 6EA125-10
53⁄8" 6EA125-02
57⁄16" 6EA125-03
51⁄2" 6EA125-04
61⁄2" 6EA125-05
7" 6EA125-06
71⁄2" 6EA125-07
■
81⁄2" 6EA125-08
7KH7H[DFRQH&RPSDQ\0D\QRWEHUHSURGXFHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
105⁄8" 6EA125-09
• Some units may require only one seal.
• Manufactured in the 1960s.
• May require gasket (not included) if completely disassembled.
57⁄16" 9EA006-05
51⁄2" 9EA006-06
6" 9EA006-14
61⁄2" 9EA006-07
69⁄16" 9EA006-08
7" 9EA006-09
71⁄2" 9EA006-10
8" 9EA006-16
81⁄2" 9EA006-11
9" 9EA006-17
91⁄2" 9EA006-12
10" 9EA006-18
101⁄2" 9EA006-22
105⁄8" 9EA006-13
• 10" casings and above may require gasket if completely
disassembled. Not available.
• Plunger > 6" normally has round cover plate.
Armor
Machine Packing Texacone
Number Dimensions Part Number
#1 1.500" x 2.500" x .828" 10PA01-29*
#2 1.750" x 2.750" x .828 10PA01-30 (1)*
#3 OLD 1.875" x 2.875" x 1.297" 10PA01-31*
#3 INT 1.938" x 3.063" x 1.359" 10PA01-32*
#3 FIN 1.938" x 2.875" x 1.266" 10PA01-33 (2)*
#4 2.000" x 3.000" 1R020
#5 2.750" x 3.750" 1R081
• * Shims included with sets.
■
Dover
Machine Packing Manufacturer Texacone
Number Dimensions Part Number Part Number
GD1* 2.000" x 3.000" Worm – 1R020
GD1* 2.000" x 3.250" Worm – 1R021
GD2* 2.000" x 3.000" Worm – 1R020
GD2* 2.000" x 3.250" Worm – 1R021
GD45 3.125" x 4.250" Inner 9752146 1R103 CR
GD45 1.749" x 2.650" Worm 9752110 1R043
GD45 5.125" x 7.000" Spider 9767897 5E006
GD50 3.125" x 4.250" Inner 9752146 1R103 CR
GD50 1.749" x 2.650" Worm 9752110 1R043
GD75 3.125" x 4.250" Inner 9752146 1R103 CR
GD75 1.749" x 2.650" Worm 9752110 1R043
GD105 7.125" x 8.625" Spider 9825526 5E004
GD105 4.500" x 5.500" Inner 9727346 1R048 SOLID
GD105 2.345" x 83.220" Worm 9825514 IR002
GD200 2.815" x 3.825" Worm 9751122 1R113
GD240 2.345" x 3.220" Worm 9825514 1R002
GD240 5.000" x 6.250" Inner 9824479 1R101 N
GD240 8.500" x 10.250" Spider 9808760 5E005
GD300 2.815" x 3.825" Worm 9751122 1R113
• * Requires both seals
• NOTE: CR, N, and G designate solid seals.
Fujitec
Machine Packing Manufacturer Texacone
Number Dimensions Part Number Part Number
– 50mm x 72mm TM50C 1R114
60mm x 90mm EM81 1R119
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Haughton Machines
Machine Packing Texacone
Number Dimensions Part Number
E 2.000" x 2.750" x 2.250" 10PA01-20
EK 2.750" x 3.750" 1R081
H 1.438" x 2.250" x 1.688" 10PA01-21
O 1.438" x 2.250" x 1.625" 10PA01-22
R 1.750" x 2.500" x 1.750" 10PA01-23
OH 2.500" x 3.500" 1R100
N 3.188" x 4.250" x 2.500" 10PA01-24
L 2.688" x 3.750" x 2.500" 10PA01-25
■
K 2.188" x 3.250" x 2.313" 10PA01-26
EKU 2.750" x 3.750" 1R081
Mitsubishi
Packing Reference Texacone
Dimensions Number Part Number
70mm x 100mm - 1R120
80mm x 105mm - 1R121
Montgomery
Machine Packing Manufacturer Texacone
Number Dimensions Part Number Part Number
207E 1.938" x 3.194" 9096-017 1R086
207E 1.125" x 1.832" 9096-021 1R049N
207E 2.625" x 3.548" 9096-047 1R095N
208E 1.938" x 3.194" 9096-017 1R086
208E 1.125" x 1.832" 9096-021 1R049N
208E 4.000" x 5.004" 9096-024 1R031
210E 2.438" x 3.548" 9096-005 1R047
210E 4.500" x 5.756" 9096-046 1R094N
214E 2.438" x 3.548" 9096-005 1R047
214E 4.375" x 5.756" 9096-029 1R093N
215E 2.438" x 3.548" 9096-005 1R047
215E 2.938" x 4.003" 9096-008 1R039
215E 4.375" x 5.756" 9096-029 1R093N
• Note: N designates solid seal, otherwise supplied as Illustrations are the property of Texacone and may not be reproduced without permission.
SPLIT unless specifically requested SOLID.
Otis
Machine Packing Manufacturer Texacone
Number Dimensions Part Number Part Number
17CT 1.938" x 2.875" 33AA1 1R079
22CT 2.000" x 3.000" 33D29 1R020
22CT OLD 2.000" x 3.250" 33P2 1R021
29CT 3.000" x 4.500" 33D26 1R019
6.875" x 7.875" 33D31 1R077
8.250" x 9.500" 33D27 1R096
5.000" x 6.000" 33D5 1R091
5.313" x 6.313" 33D23 1R084
■
Park Manufacturing
Packing Texacone
Dimensions Part Number
1.938" x 3.188" 1R017
2.188" x 3.188" 1R018
F.S. Payne
Machine Packing Texacone
Number Dimensions Part Number
400 2.500" x 3.500" 1R100
B 1.373" x 2.373" 1R061
300 1.875" x 2.875" 1R013
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
U.S. Elevator
Packing Texacone
Dimensions Part Number
2.125" x 3.188" 1R027
Watson
Packing Texacone
Dimensions Part Number
1.688" x 2.563" 1R062
2.188" x 3.188" 1R063
■
Westbrook/Southeastern
Machine Packing Texacone
Number Dimensions Part Number
7 1.625" x 2.438" x 2.000" 10PA01-34
22, 26 2.000" x 2.813" x 3.000" 10PA01-35
31 2.438" x 3.250" x 4.000" 10PA01-36
Westinghouse
Machine Packing Manufacturer Texacone
Number Dimensions Part Number Part Number
18 1.750" x 3.188" Worm X30ES1H13 1R007
18* 2.563" x 3.750" Geared X30ES1H12 1R050
18 6.855" x 8.500" Sheave 6918C45H01 1M139
27 2.125" x 3.140" Worm R7311H23 1R115
27* 2.750" x 3.750" Geared X30AS1H11 1R081
27* 2.75" x 3.50"(0-2-1) Geared M32427H06 10PA01-56
28 2.500" x 3.500" Worm X30ES1H19 1R100
28* 3.688" x 4.750" Geared X30ES1H15 1R022
28 8.125" x 9.250" Sheave 6917C89H01 1M130
31 2.125" x 3.140" Worm R7311H23 1R115
37 2.438" x 3.438" Worm R7311H17 1R006
37* 3.25" x 4.25"(0-2-1) Geared M3427H01 10PA01-57
38 3.125" x 4.250" Worm X30ES1H20 1R004
38* 4.500" x 5.500" Geared X30ES1H18 1R048
38 4.000" x 5.000" Worm R7311H25 1R031
38 9.750" x 11.30" Sheave 2890C79H01 1M057
57 3.240" x 4.250" Worm X30ES1H09 1R005
57* 4.00" x 5.00"(0-2-1) Geared M3427H02 10PA01-58
58 NEW 3.250" x 4.500" Worm X30ES1H14 1R028
58 OLD 3.240" x 4.250" Worm X30ES1H09 1R005
61 3.240" x 4.250" Worm X30ES1H09 1R005
81 4.000" x 5.000" Worm R7311H25 1R031
18 Machine Kit 6918C44G02 1K006
28 Machine Kit 6917C91G02 1K005
38 Machine Kit 2900C27G02 1K004
•* Geared Center - also called Pedestal, A-Frame
1"
Typically
29⁄16" 53⁄4" to 12"
5
⁄16"
13⁄4" 1
⁄4" 1
⁄8"
1
⁄4" 3
⁄16"
1
⁄ 2"
Tolerance Values
⁄16"
3 1
⁄4" (Unless Specified) +/-
Joint Splice Decimal .030
1
⁄8" Material Fractions 1/32
Angles 2
Perpendicular 1/32
Parallel 1/32
Part Number Cylinder Diameter Cylinder Circumference One Easy Measurement for the Drip Ring:
DR-1 53⁄4" to 7" 18" to 22" A = Circumference or diameter in inches of the
DR-2 7" to 81⁄2" 22" to 26" cylinder where the ring will be installed
DR-3 81⁄2 to 10" 26" to 31" B = Maximum overhang of the packing head
DR-4 10" to 12" 31" to 371⁄2" from the cylinder (33⁄4")
C = Minimum side clearance (4")
■
PACKINGS & SEALS
Information Needed:
■
■ Standard Elevator Packing Box ■ Elevator Packing Box with Oil Groove
Manufacturer of Jack:
(D) Length of Gland Neck (D) Length of Gland Neck (when in box)
Notes:
Company: Phone #
By: Date:
- T-Style Pullers
- Oil Seal installation Dowel
Sanding Sleeve
Plungers used in the elevator industry are typically mild
steel tubing that can be scratched and easily worn over
time. Scratches, burrs and formations of rust shorten
seal life and cause significant leakage. Pistons that have
been worn smooth will not allow an oil film to aid in the
lubrication of the seal, resulting in poor ride performance.
The Texacone Sanding Sleeve was specifically developed
to refinish plungers and return them to a factory-like
finish. The Sanding Sleeve simply bolts to existing cylinder
head hardware and is clamped around the plungers. It is
reusable, only needing to be relined with abrasive paper
to be put back in action.
The Sanding Sleeve paper kit is recommended and comes
with assorted abrasive paper grits, cleaning solvent,
contact cement and instructions on how to reline the
Sanding Sleeve for continued use.
For deeper scratches and misaligned joints, use the
Texacone Sure-fill Repair Kit (opposite page). Remember
to add new packing after every use of the Sanding Sleeve
to ensure trouble-free performance.
• Please call with plunger size for part number
and availability.
■
The sure way to fill scores and bad joints
■
peel off like plastic fillers.
• The final repair will be undetectable with a
smooth surface for better sealing and lower
friction.
Part Number Description
1RA020 Sure-Fill Repair Kit
Aligning System
Quick, accurate and easy cylinder alignment in
minutes instead of hours. Eliminates the problems
caused by out -of-plumb jacks and casing doglegs.
• Mechanically centered vapor proof light creates a
highly visible halo of light to indicate when perfect
alignment is achieved.
• Compact carrying case is self-contained and allows
for portability and quick assembly.
• Works on 110V AC and on casings up to 12" in
diameter. Extensions available for diameters over 12"
• Rails are not required to be installed, allowing the
cylinder to be aligned before the structure is put
up, saving time and expense.
Part Number Description
1PB001 Cylinder Aligning System
Part Number HB
23.1 23.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
23 Parts
by Category
■
PEELLE PARTS GUIDE
09347
door limit-pass
Chain guard for door limit 61⁄4" x 65⁄8" (159 x 168mm)
Bearings
Part Number Description
05468 For motors and limits
Covers for Gate Limits 05833 For operator gear/sheave assemblies
Part Number Description Size
09352 Cover for 0935A Limit 113⁄16" x 121⁄8" (284 x 308mm) Rubber Bumpers
Part Number Description
Compression Springs 06113 Round, for gates
Part Number Description Active Coils 0611 Bumper Assembly
033171 1
⁄2" O.D. x 5⁄8" long (13 x 16mm) 4 for double section gates
Used on Contact Bars
035510S 3
⁄8" O.D. x 11⁄2" long (10 x 38mm) 12
Used on Interlock Ratchet Arm–Sub 235510
035516 3
⁄4" O.D. x 113⁄32" long (19 x 36mm) 7
Used on Interlock Contact Arm
235510 3
⁄8" O.D. x 13⁄4" long (10 x 44mm) 12
Used on Interlock Ratchet Arm
Springs, Miscellaneous
Part Number Wire Diameter Used On
03457 0.125" (3mm) Peelle Center Latch
■
PEELLE PARTS GUIDE
Manual Landing Doors
1950s 1960s 1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s
Guide Shoes 0238 (Reg) 0239 (Reg) 0239 (Reg) 0239 (Reg) 0239 (Reg) 0259 (Reg)
0239 (Pass) 0238 (Pass) 0238 (Pass) 0238 (Pass) 0238 (Pass) 0258 (Pass)
(reversed after 1955)
Door Interlock 0355-59 2356-59 2356-59 2356-59 2356-59 2356-59
Manual Door (sub 2356-59)
Plugging Device 03561(sub 23561) 23561 23561 23561 23561 23561
Side Tension none (sub 06696) 0659 (sub 06696) 06696 06696 06696 06696
0660 (sub 06696)
06693 (sub 06696)
Door Astragal Flap 06585 06585 06585 06585 066053 066053
■
(sub 06696, etc.) Since 1995
Manual Sheave 0527 (sub 2593) 0593 (sub 2593) 2593 2593 2593 2593
Door Chain 0166 (sub 01807) 0166 (sub 01807) 01807 01807 01807 01807
Door Chain Rods 0122 (sub 0121 0122 (sub 0121 0121 0121 0121 0121
with 01807, etc.) with 01807, etc.)
Door Chain Rod Clips 0123 0123 0123 0123 0123 0123
Door Stops 0420 0420 0420 0420 0420 0420
Manual Door 0393 (sub 2393 0393 (sub 2393 2393 2393 2393 2393/2378
Unlocking Device or 2398) or 2398)
Retiring Cam 0330 (sub 2330) 0330 (sub 2330) 2330 2330 2330 2330
Controls
1950s 1960s 1970s 1980s 1990s 2000s
Controllers 0751/075132 075132 0765/2765 2767/2776 2776 2742
(sub 274200R) 274200R 274200R 274200R 274200R
OT/CT 240V. 075117 240V. 075117 120V. 075138 120V. 276708 120V. 2767 24VDC,
30-second timer (sub new 2776 (sub new 2776 (sub 274172 (sub 274172 (sub 274172 274251 CPU
controller) controller) with 274175) with 274175) with 274175)
TP 240V. 0750 240V. 0750/2760 120V. 076223 120V. 079066 120V. 079066 24VDC,
3-minute timer (sub 274200R (sub 274200R (sub 274173 (sub 274173 (sub 274173 274251 CPU
controller) controller) with 274175) with 274175) with 274175)
■
PEELLE PARTS GUIDE
Guide Shoes
1950– 1955– 2000-
Door Type 1920s 1930s 1940s 1955 2000 Present
Regular
Door 0238 0238 0238 0238 0239 0258
Pass
Upper Panel 0238 0238 0238 0238 0238 0258
Pass
Lower Panel 029 029 029 0239 0239 0258
Large Doors Since 1993 0258 0258
Part Dimensions
Number “A” Bottom of base to guide
■
0239 1.312" (33mm) 1" (25mm)
Regular Door (8 Shoes) 1955–Present
Pass lower Panel (4 Shoes) 1950–Present.
0238B 0.937" (24mm) 0.62" (16mm)
Pass Upper Panel (4 Shoes) 1924–Present 0239
Regular Door (8 Shoes) 1924–1955.
029 1.187" (30mm) 0.87" (22mm)
Pass Lower Panel (4 Shoes) 1924–1949
➤
➤
”A” 1.321" 1" (12mm)
(33mm)
➤
Guide Shoe with Insert
➤
0.87" (22mm)
➤
5
⁄8" Hex Head Cap Bolts with Flat ”A” 1.187"
Washer & Lockwasher. 065812
➤
(30mm)
Shoe Grommet Nut (shown) must
➤
0258
To Protect Shoes
Door Hold-Open Mechanical Device, Manual Doors
Door hold-open mechanical devices used to eliminate lower
panel trucking sill rebound are optional retrofit upgrades for
➤
and trucks. Note: Power operated doors since 1950 are equipped (37mm) 0.62" (16mm)
with an electrical version of a hold-open device known as the
➤
➤
automatic-stay-open feature.
STANDARD ALTERNATE
ALTERNATE
PEELLE PARTS GUIDE
O35535 O3553
Interlocks, Retiring Cam Required, 1930-Present
Power Door Manual Door
Part Number Part Number Description
2356-67 2356-59 L/R Interlock NEMA 1/IP10
2332-29 2332-32 L/R Interlock NEMA 4/12/IP54/56
035534 235534 03554
2344-29 2344-32 L/R Interlock NEMA 4X/IP56
23526 2352-53 L/R Interlock NEMA 7/9
Power Doors: 2 Contacts plus Zone Switch Assembly.
ROLLER ARM
Manual Doors: 2 Contacts. Specify left or right hand.
ASSEMBLY
Interlock Components
■
COVER
Part Number Description
235510 Spring
SPRING 1-3/4" (44mm) 035512 Cover
035562 Roller Arm Assembly
3/8" (10mm)
Extension roller arm assemblies available.
Interlock-Related
Part Number Description
23651 Contact Plugging Device
235615 Plug Rod 4'6" (1370mm) standard length and
cut to suit in field, unless dimension is given
Note: Interlock plugging prevents door-closed
contact from being made when door is open.
Retrofit work is required to add plugging device
onto landing doors prior to 1955.
0354 L/R Side-Opposite-Lock (No Contact)
Retiring or fixed cam required. On doors over
10ft. (3000mm) wide. Available in narrow version
2354. Specify left or right hand.
2354 L/R Side-Opposite-Lock (No Contact)
Narrow Version of 0354
Retiring or fixed cam required. On doors over 10ft.
(3000mm) wide. Specify left or right hand.
Unlocking Device-Related
Part Number Description
2392 Key Holder, Surface Box
■
Part Number Description
035535 03553
■
035534 235534 03554
Note: UPPER
PANEL
Upper Panel Locks
need to be added Push
for interlocks/doors Upper Back
Panel Upper
manufactured prior to
LOCKING ARM
LOCKING ARM
Lock Panel
1977. New interlock Keeper Lock
required. Refer to Peelle Keeper
Modernization Manual
205, Illustrations 23 and LOWER
Hoistway Side
Hoistway Side
recommended at the
Wall Side
Wall Side
same time.
L.H. AS SHOWN
R.H. OPPOSITE TO SHOWN
➤
PEELLE PARTS GUIDE
➤
0377 1935–1950 Retiring Cam–Sub #2330
2330 • Used to operate landing door interlocks.
RETIRING
CAM Rod
• Mounted on car gate/car door.
• Used with (1) 033064 and (1) 033065 bracket for power
car gates, or a mounting angle for manual car gates.
• Made up of three assemblies (top, rod, and cam face)
INTERLOCK (see illustration).
Cam Face • Hand is determined standing on car facing door.
■
V-BELT
033050 220V
233060 220V M.R.
033049 110V
Rod Assembly
Part No. Description
233020 220V 97179 Connection Rod, “A” Length
233065 220V M.R.
233070 110V Offered in different lengths to suit different door heights.
Give Peelle job number or “A” length.
ROD ASSEMBLY
■
Overall Length 0.625"
Door Chains
➤
(16mm) ➤
01807 Chain Length ➤ (16mm)
1968–Present 01801 01801
Part No. Description
01807 Door Chain (need length)
01807
01801 Connecting Link (order separately) 0.625"
(16mm)
1936–1968
Part No. Description All Plates
0166 Door Chain-Sub #01807 are the same
in height
Note: Peelle #01807SS Stainless Steel Chain is available.
01807
Peelle #01806 Chain Assembly is 01807 chain and (2) 01801
Connecting Links.
■
Chain Rod 0.5" (13mm) Square
CHAIN ROD
1968–Present
Part No. Description
4" (100mm)
0121 Chain Rod, 0.5" (13mm) Square, 42"
(1070mm) long, 4" (100mm) thread length 42" (1070mm)
Sill Stop Assembly & Components SILL STOP ASSEMBLY & COMPONENTS
1950–Present
Part No. Description ADJUSTABLE
0420 Sill Stop Assembly STOP PIECE
04202 Adjustable Stop Piece
04203 Adjustable Stop Angle
04204 Sill Stop Assembly
Operator Components
Part Number Description
05839 Gear/Sheave/Bearing Assembly
05696 Bearing Shaft Bolt with Grease Fitting
05288 4 Tooth Spiral Pinion
(included with motor)
GEAR
ASSEMBLY
MOTOR
■
PEELLE PARTS GUIDE
Manual Door Sheave 1950–Present
Part Number Description
2593 Manual Door Sheave Assembly
■
0947L PASS Door Limit Assembly, LH,
for Pass-type Door
0947R PASS Door Limit Assembly, RH,
for Pass-type Door
0955 L/R Door Limit Assembly, NEMA 4/12/IP54/56
0956 L/R Door Limit Assembly, NEMA 4X/IP56
094931 Door Limit Switch, NEMA 7/9
Hand determined standing on car facing door.
Note: 1950–1968 Limits require change to Peelle #01807 roller
chain when changing complete limit assembly.
Limit Components
Part Number Description
093415 Cam Carrier and Switches Assembly–
Regular Door
09478 Cam Carrier and Switches Assembly–
Pass Door
093451 Sprocket
093444 Micro–Switch, Typical Marking
LIMIT
BZ–2RW822T
093445 Micro–Switch, Typical Marking
BZ–3YWT822
CAM CARRIER
ASSEMBLY
0560 & 0569 DOOR OPERATORS Each door employs (2) two dual-speed power door
operators. 0560 and 0569 uses one motor with a
A 2-speed winding (high and slow speed); 0587 uses
two individual motors, one high, one slow speed.
A. Door operator bearing bolt
C
B. Motor mounting bolts
A C. Door motor for 0560 and 0569 standard
F operators
D. 900 rpm door motor for 0587 narrow return
B
operators
E. 450 rpm door motor for 0587 narrow return
operators
■
C
To Replace Motor
Part Number 0560 and 0569 Door Operator
➤ 8-1/4" ➤ (shown at left)
(210mm)
1. Remove bolts (B).
2. Loosen sheave bearing bolt (A) enough to
clear thread on motor.
3. Disconnect motor leads.
4. Remove motor.
5. Install new motor.
6. Replace bolts (B).
0587 DOOR OPERATOR
7. Tighten bearing bolt (A).
A 8. Reconnect wires. Make sure motor rotates in
proper direction. Motor has 5 wires identified
by label.
B Hole for Cotter Pin Part Number 0587 Door Operator (shown at left)
D 1. Remove bolts (B).
2. Loosen sheave bearing bolt (A) 1⁄8"(3mm).
High
Speed
3. Open boxes and disconnect motor leads.
Motor 4. Loosen lock nut, allowing box to be removed
(top) from nipple.
5. Remove nipple from motor housing and mount
F onto new motor.
B
6. Remove motor (D) upward and motor (E)
E
D&E downward.
A
7. Install new motor (D) diagonally downward and
Slow (E) upward. Make sure that the slotted lug is
Speed
Motor bottomed on the sheave bearing bolt (A)! This
(bottom) ensures proper gear setting and alignment.
8. Replace bolts (B) on both motors. Tighten
➤ 6-3/4" ➤ bearing bolt (A) carefully and firmly.
(170mm)
9. Reconnect conduit and wires. Make sure motor
rotates in proper direction for each speed. Red
wires are high speed. Black wires are slow speed.
Each motor has three wires; one wire
of each motor is the common wire.
Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
23.12 www.cedelevator.com 23.12
■
PEELLE PARTS GUIDE
Car Gate Panel (4 Shoes) 0239
1958–Present
Part No. Description “A” Dimension
0239 Guide Shoe 1.312" (33mm)
➤
”A” 1.321" 1" (12mm)
1935–1958 (33mm)
➤
Part No. Description “A” Dimension
➤
0233/0235 Roller Shoe–Sub 0255 2.5"(64mm)
CAR GATE COUNTERWEIGHT
Prior to 1935
Part Number Description “A” Dimension
027 Guide Shoe–Sub 0238 0.937" (24mm)
■
To attach Guide Shoes, use (2) 5⁄16" x 5⁄8" Hex Head Cap Bolts with
Flat Washer and Lockwasher.
Gate Contacts
1955–Present 2341
Part Number Description
2341 Gate Contact
Used with vertically sliding manual or power operated car gate
as the electric contact. NEMA 1/IP10. The individual parts of the
Peelle #2341 contact are universal in hand; reversing the covers
will determine left or right hand assembly.
0341/0342
Part Number Description
234316 Cam. Universal in hand.
Used with but not part of Peelle #2341 Gate Contact. Must order
separately.
1930–1954
Part Number Description
0341/0342 Gate Contact–Sub #0342 Gate Contact 234316
Note: Gates prior to 1960: Move car gate contact out of the reach
of persons inside the car with Peelle Kit #23436 (not shown).
Note: Peelle #2368 (not shown) is used as a car gate/car door
restraint device when car is away from floor.
➤ Overall Length ➤
Gate Chains
1968–Present
0.5" 0.5" Part Number Description
➤
(13mm) 0179 Chain Length ➤ (13mm)
0179 Roller Chain (need length)
➤ ➤
01792
01792 Connecting Links (order separately)
01792
1930–1968
➤ 0.5" ➤
Part Number Description
(13mm)
0179 0165 Chain–Sub #0179
0166 Chain–Sub #0179
All Plates Note: Peelle #0179SS Stainless Steel Chain is available.
are the same Peelle #01794 Chain Assembly is 0179 chain and
in height (2) 01792 Connecting Links.
■
01475 01476
➤
Chain Studs
➤
1968–Present
➤
➤
➤
➤
➤
0.5" 4" (100mm) 0.5"
➤
Bumpers
➤
1968–Present
Part Number Description
06113 Bumper (2) Required on Bottom
of Car Gate Panel.
➤ 0.6" ➤
(15mm)
Bumper Retrofit Angle
1960–1980
Part Number Description
O14651 014651 Bumper Retrofit Angle
Bumper Retrofit Angle
(2) required per Gate Panel Bumper Retrofit Angle (2) required per Gate Panel to extend life
1" 1" of Peelle #063 Bumper. Mount on top of gate panel. Replace
(25mm) (25mm) Peelle (2) #063 Bumpers on gate rails at same time.
■
PEELLE PARTS GUIDE
Power Gate Operators 1950–Present
OPERATOR
Motor
Operator Motor
Number Number Description Door Width
2518 25182 Standard Torque Less than 10'
(3000mm)
2517 25172 High Torque 10' and over
2548 25482 Standard Torque Less than 10'
NEMA 4/12/IP54/56
2547 25472 High Torque 10' and over
NEMA 4/12/IP54/56 Sheave
2548M 25482M Standard Torque Less than 10' Assembly
NEMA 4X/IP56
■
2547M 25472M High Torque 10' and over
NEMA 4X/IP56 SPROCKET
2528 25282 Standard Torque NEMA 7/9 Less than 10'
2527 25272 Standard Torque NEMA 7/9 10' and over
Note: Motors are 220V, 3 Phase, 50/60 Hertz, 2-Speed. Parts are
universal in hand. Hand is determined when assembled.
Operator Components
Part Number Description
25181 Operator without motor, includes GATE LIMIT
mounting, gear, bearing, grease fitting.
250723 8-Tooth Spiral Pinion
250725 Pinion Bolt
Limit Components
Part Number Description
093520 Cam Carrier and Switch Assembly
09350 Sprocket and Plates Assembly
(inc. Peelle 093527, 09353, 09356, 05468)
093444 Micro-Switch, Typical Marking BZ-2RW822T
093445 Micro-Switch, Typical Marking BZ-3YWT822
1.5"
40mm
Components
Part Number Description
468508 Sensor Beam Source, LH Side-Order
468508 SOURCE as 46889 Kit Less Transformer and Relay
468509 Sensor Beam Detector, RH Side-Order
as 46889 Kit Less Transformer and Relay
Hand determined standing on car facing door.
468508 DETECTOR 468508
468509
Related (order separately)
Part Number Description
068440 4-Wire Travel Power Cord
(used with Sensor Beam)(give length)
■
PEELLE PARTS GUIDE
(110/220 Volts, 3 Phase, 50/60 Hertz)
1950 to Present
Part Number Description
075155 Fuse, 10 Ampere
076200 Transformer 220/120–15V
076202 Fuse, 1.5 Ampere
076203 Fuse, 0.25 Ampere
07623 Relay
076245 Relay
076255 Relay (12V)
076262 Relay
07628 Contactor
■
076287 Coil
076289 Micro Switch
079061 Relay
07628
079064 Relay
079066 Timer, 3 Minute, TP
079402 Timer, 0.4-4 Seconds
275510 Relay
276705 Timer, 25-256 Seconds
276706 Timer, 3-32 Seconds
276708 Timer, 30 Seconds, OT/CT
277607 Trans 220/120-24V
277608 Fuse, 2 Ampere
Controllers manufactured prior to 1969 should be upgraded with
new, replacement controllers to reduce motor burnouts. The cost
of a new controller is less than several motor replacements.
Pry Bar-Wood
SHOE SPREADER/ADJUSTER
Door
Panel
Shoe Spreader/Adjuster
Part Number 0603
Door Shoe
Shoe Spreader/Adjuster for Peelle Shoes
1930 to Present
Shoe Spreader
Door Panel
24.1 24.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
24 Plumb Line Clamps
Plumb Line Clamps
■
RAIL INSTALLATION & ALIGNMENT
■
RAIL INSTALLATION & ALIGNMENT
Plumb Line Tensioner
Easily maintains tension in plumb line up to its
ultimate breaking strength. Lightweight, compact,
easy to install over our plumb line “clamp” (#10-
150, 160 & 170)…Re-tensions in seconds, if
required. Pays for itself by the end of first job. Plated
finish for longer life against the elements.
Part Number 10190
■
Piano Wire
This important part of the rail alignment system is
available in one and three pound packages. There
are approximately 440 feet of wire per pound. The
diameter of wire is 0.029" and the ultimate breaking
strength is 200 pounds.
Product Description
PIANO WIRE 1LB .29 1LB SPOOL
PIANO WIRE 3LB .29 3LB SPOOL
PIANO WIRE 5LB .29 5LB SPOOL
NOTE: Other diameters, lengths and types of wires
are available upon request.
10220 10210
Rail Gauge
Assures smooth elevator operation by properly aligning
rails. Use them to set guide rails facing square and for
correct D.B.G.
• Quickly attaches to 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" conduit with the set
screws provided in the gauge fastening bracket.
10125
• Accurately fabricated in aluminum to provide a
precision tool.
Part Number RG12
■
RAIL INSTALLATION & ALIGNMENT
Rail Brackets
This adjustable rail bracket is made of 1⁄4" carbon
steel. Our standard bracket adjusts from 21⁄4" to 8".
For depths greater than 8" we will custom design.
Fits 8, 12 and 15 lb. Rails.
■
ARB2
ARB825E
ARB825E
ARB2
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
25.1 25.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
25 Safety Handbook, Mirrors
Glasses & Gloves
■
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
MEL99
Safety Mirrors
• Meet state law requirements
MEL800
• High polished stainless metal mirror finish
• Unbreakable design
• Easy to maintain
• Tamper-proof installation
• Mounting hardware included
Part Number Description
MEL99 10" triangular, secured from outside
of cab bracket with set screw.
MEL800 8" round, quick, easy surface mounting
with metal rod.
Safety Glasses
Flanker—Clear, Smoke
Sectorlite–Yellow, Mirror, Clear, Smoke
Strobe–Clear, Smoke
Safety Gloves
Available in small, medium, large, x-large
and xx-large. Various colors available.
Models: Framed Cut Finger; Grunt;
Handler; Palmer; Tacker.
■
& Lockout/Tagout Devices
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
In-line GFCI
Great for use in wet areas and construction site
applications, this In-Line Cord is available in either
120V/15A, 14/3 AWG or 240V/20A, 12/3 AWG.
Extension cord length varies from 1', 6', 25' and 50'.
If there’s a trip or power outage, manual reset is
required, thus preventing unmonitored equipment Tri-Tap GFCI Cords
start up. & GFCI Receptacle Adapters
■
Part Number Description
GFCI Trouble Light 30326808-08
30326809-08
25ft. Tri-tap GFCI Cord
50ft. Tri-tap GFCI Cord
Perfect for industrial uses where light and electrical
14650-013-6 GFCI Receptacle Adapter
safety are necessary. Protected by an all metal
30338018-08 18ft. GFCI Cord
housing and includes one extra NEMA 5-15
30338022-08 6ft. GFCI Cord
convenience receptacle at the light end. A 25'
extension cord is attached.
MESH
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
extend at least 6 inches horizon- of wires. The number of openings precedes the word “Mesh.”
tally beyond each counterweight
rail. The guard shall be made from Wire
wire-mesh material equal to or The diameter of wire (in decimals) used in weaving cloth.
stronger than .048-inch diameter Opening
wire with openings not exceeding The size of clear opening between parallel wires. For a given
1
⁄2-inch, securely fastened to keep mesh, the space is determined by the diameter of wire used.
the guard taut and plumb. 6 Mesh .063 Wire
(2) The guarding of counter-
weights required in Section OPENING
PearlWeave Hoistway Safety Netting
3013(c)(1) shall be accomplished PearlWeave netting, when installed vertically inside
within three years of the effective
date of this regulation. elevator hoistways, provides protection equivalent
(Title 24, Part 7, Section 7–3013.) to that of wire mesh. It replaces screening behind
traveling cables, protects counterweight frames, and
most important, protects workers working inside of
one hoistway from straying into the adjacent hoistway
or the area between counterweight rails, thereby
preventing serious injury, and even loss of life.
OHSA Regulations require the PearlWeave safety netting products are lightweight,
.50 Opening
installation of screening between
adjacent elevator hoistways to
durable and easier to use than traditional
protect workers from injury. wire meshes, while exceeding their strength
characteristics. Our chemical- and mildew-resistant
The National Elevator Industry’s
Field Employee Safety Hand- products, are also flame retardant, and if burned,
book, Section 8.3, “Hoistway will not emit toxins into the hoistway.
Screening,” requires that, “When Available in 48in. x 150ft. rolls
an elevator is operating in a Part Number PWSTD48 3 /16" mesh, 126 psi bursting
multiple hoistway, and construc- strength 85 psi breaking strength
tion or modernization work is
to be performed, in an adjacent
position of that multiple hoistway,
that portion of the elevator
Hoistway Guard Systems
hoistway where the work is Hoistway guard systems are used to prevent round
to be performed, shall be fully
separated.”
and flat traveling cable from striking obstructions in
the hoistway and from crossing over into adjoining
hoistways. Their use may extend the life span and
prevent possible interference of your installed
elevator cables.
Our guarding systems are available in two sizes,
each containing 100ft x 1.5ft of 1⁄2"x 1⁄2" wire mesh,
installation hardware, and detailed installation
instructions.
Part Number Description
HGS Hardware, cloth base mtg. kit, 100' (30.48m)
HGS-EXT Hardware, mesh and extension mounting
Questions? Answers at… kit (used to extend HGS an additional 100ft)
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
25.4 www.cedelevator.com 25.4
■
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
The Pedestrian Barricade consists of 3 panels of 36"
x 39" and is easily assembled with snap on hinges.
It easily protects all pedestrians from open holes
or hazardous work. The Pedestrian Barricade forms
a complete barrier to protect against unnecessary
pedestrian accidents. The continuous bottom
“tapping” rail helps blind pedestrians stay away
from work area. This barrier is considered a Type I
and Type II, meeting all OSHA requirements. One
vertical “CAUTION!” sign included.
NOTE: Company logo may be added
at additional cost.
■
Part Number AG3ESK
Seismic Switch
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Seismic Switch
The introduction of new solid-state accelerometers
has made possible the development of a more
robust and stable Seismic Switch for protection and
control of elevators during earthquakes.
• Can be installed in minutes inside the elevator
controller or enclosure
• Small footprint
• Dry contact output, controller area network port
and RS232 port
• Designed specifically to conform to A.S.M.E. A17.1
• Runs up to 16 hours on optional backup battery
• Backup battery connector included
• Optional backup battery can be obtained at any
battery supply store (any 12-volt, sealed lead acid,
1.2-1.4 Amp/Hour battery).
• Fail-Safe
Part Number SS04
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
26.1 26.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
26 Scavenger Pumps & Parts
Oil Transfer Pump
■
SCAVENGER PUMPS
SC/B
Cylinder Head Scavenger Pump
Constructed of ribbed reinforced polyethylene
with 16-gauge welded steel cover and submersible
pump. 2-gallon capacity. Pumps 10 to 12 ft.
Tank: 15"w x 10"d x 6"h.
Part Number Description
SC/B Reinforced external mounting brackets
to mount off cylinder headbolts.
SC/B2 Without mounting brackets
SC/B-FR SC/B2FR Flood Control Switch shuts off pump
■
27.1 27.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
27 Cab Plates – Die Cast
CC2
■
SIGNS & BRAILLE TAGS
(ANSI Compliant)
Size
1.250" square
0.085" material thickness (0.125" with FLC5)
0.125" corner radius
0.625" character height
Designation Color: Natural, painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front Mechanical or Back Flange
Mounting (FLM1, FLM2)
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
■
CC3
(ANSI Compliant)
Size
1.50" square
0.060" material thickness
0.125" corner radius
0.625" character height
Designation Color: Natural, Painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front Mechanical or Back Flange
Mounting (FLM1, FLM2)
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
NOTE: Can be fitted with shims to adapt to your panel thickness
to achieve “flush” mount design.
CC5
(ANSI Compliant)
Size
1.375" round
0.085" material thickness
0.625" character height
Designation Color: Natural, Painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front Mechanical or Back Flange
Mounting (FLM1, FLM2)
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
NOTE: Can be fitted with shims to adapt to your panel thickness
to achieve “flush” mount design.
■
SIGNS & BRAILLE TAGS
(ANSI Compliant)
Size
1.50" round
0.060", material thickness
0.625" character height
Designation Color: Natural, painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front mechanical or back flange
mounting (FLM1 or FLM2)
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
NOTE: Can be fitted with shims to adapt to your panel thickness
to achieve “flush” mount design. Retrofit version
to fit existing 1.375" cut out.
■
CC7
Size
0.755" x 1.13"
0.063", 0.100" material thickness
0.125" corner radius
0.628" character height
Designation Color: Natural, painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front mechanical
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
NOTE: Can be fitted with shims to adapt to your panel thickness
to achieve “flush” mount design.
CHLP
(ANSI Compliant)
Size
2.425" x 1.250"
0.0875" material thickness
0.625" character height
Designation Color: Natural, painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front mechanical
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
(ANSI Compliant)
Size
2.050" x 1.375"
0.065" material thickness
0.625" character height
Designation Color: Natural, painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front mechanical
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
■
CW1
Size
2.75" x 1.50"
0.120" material thickness
Background Color: Natural, painted
Mounting: Reference CW2
Finishes: See Standard Finishes (uS26 not available)
NOTE: Button opening available in 1.204," 1.270," 1.375," and
custom diameters. Available in custom colors to meet parking
garage level requirements.
CW2
(ANSI Compliant)
Size
1.565" x 1.358"
0.055" material thickness
0.625" character height
Designation Color: Natural, painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front mechanical
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
■
SIGNS & BRAILLE TAGS
(ANSI Compliant)
Size
1.575" x 1.063"
0.059" corner radius
0.052" material thickness
(CIP1 Die Cast Metal, RIP1 Plastic)
1.499" character height
Designation Color: Natural, painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Adhesive
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
(RIP1 Black & White only)
CM1
■
Size
3.0" x 3.0" [Use 2.50" diameter opening]
0.173" material thickness
Designation Color: Painted
Background Color: Natural
Mounting: Back Flange Mounting
Finishes: Satin Stainless, Satin Bronze,
Mirrored Stainless, Mirrored Bronze
CP1
Size
3.375" x 1.125"
Square corner radius, 0.120" thick.
0.25" raised capacity height
0.255" engraved weight height
Designation Color: Natural, painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front mechanical
Finishes: Satin Stainless, Satin Bronze, and Black
NOTE: Capacity plates are available in any duty/weight, English,
metric or both.
CST1
Size
3.50" square
0.100 material thickness
0.125" (3.2mm) corner radius
Designation Color: Natural, Painted
Background Color: Natural, Painted
Mounting: Front mechanical or back flange
mounting (FLM4)
Finishes: Satin Stainless, Satin Bronze, Mirrored
Stainless, Mirrored Bronze, Blue and White
EC1R
Size
EC1R: 1.375" round; EC15R: 1.50" round
0.032" material thickness
0.625" character height
Designation Color: Natural, Painted
Background Color: Natural, Painted
Mounting: Adhesive or One Threaded Stud
Finishes: Satin Stainless, Satin Bronze, Mirrored
Stainless, Mirrored Bronze, Black and White
■
■
SIGNS & BRAILLE TAGS
CJ1
Size
3.50" x 2.50"; 0.125" corner radius
0.100" material thickness (Die Cast Metal)
2.00" character height
Designation Color: Natural, Painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front Mechanical
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
■
Size
2.50" x 3.50"; 0.125" corner radius
0.080" material thickness (Die Cast Metal)
2.00" character height
Designation Color: Natural, painted
Background Color: Painted
Mounting: Front Mechanical or Back Flange
Mounting to your panel specifications (FLM5)
Finishes: See Standard Finishes
CA COMPLIANT
EJ45
Size
4.00" x 5.00" (This size used for 3-character combos)
0.032" material thickness (Metal Stamped)
0.0625" corner radius
2.00" character height
Designation Color: Natural, painted
Background Color: Natural, painted
Mounting: 4 Corner Holes with Drive Pins, Adhesive
Finishes: Satin Stainless, Satin Bronze, Mirrored
Stainless, Mirrored Bronze, Black and White
■
SVB229 (A17.1-2000)
4.00" square plate
3.00" character height
(Elevator number designation requirement)
one per jamb, mounted adjacent to or on every
elevator entrance at the designated level per A17.1-
2000 2.29.1
■
SIGNS & BRAILLE TAGS
SVB12 (Phase II ANSI 1993)
SVB41 (Phase II ANSI 1996)
Size
6.90" x 4.40"
Material thickness: 0.032" metal / 0.020" Lexan
Square corner radius
Character height: 0.25" title / 0.188" text
Designation Color: Painted
Background Color:
SVB12: Natural, white SVB41: Black
Mounting: Adhesive
■
Finishes: Satin Stainless, Satin Bronze, Mirrored
Stainless, Mirrored Bronze, Matte Plastic
SVB80
Size
4.00" square
Material thickness: 0.032" metal / 0.020" Lexan
Square corner radius
3.00" character height
Designation Color: Blue
Background Color: Natural, white
Mounting: Adhesive
Finishes: Satin Stainless, Satin Bronze, Mirrored
Stainless, Mirrored Bronze, Matte Plastic
■
■
SIGNS & BRAILLE TAGS
SUB229 (ANSI Compliant)
(Elevator Identification for Entrance)
Size
4.00" x 4.00"
Material thickness: 0.030" metal
Mounting: Adhesive
Finishes: Black Background with White Text
or Stainless Background with Black Text
■
SUB229COP
(Elevator Identification for COP)
Size
3.250" x 1.250"
Material thickness: 0.020" aluminum
Mounting: Adhesive
Finishes: Black background with white text
or Stainless background with black text
SVB17LA
Size
6.75" x 2.00"
Material thickness: 0.020" aluminum
Mounting: Adhesive
Finishes: satin stainless, black text
4001 (6"x7") 4001-A (8"x10") 4011 (6"x7") 4011-A (8"x10") 4002 (6"x7") 4021(6"x7") 4021-A (8"x10")
4001-B (3"x3.5") 4011-B (3"x3.5") 4021-B (3"x3.5")
■
4501 (6"x7") 4051-A (8"x10") 4601 (6"x7") 4113 (6"x7") 4071(6"x7") 4071-A (8"x10")
4501-B (3"x3.5") 4071-B (3"x3.5")
4002-C (8"X3.5")
■
SIGNS & BRAILLE TAGS
Signs SAFETY
The long-lasting anti-fading signs on RULES
the following pages are available PASSENGERS
1 NO STROLLERS
with stainless steel, antique brass, ONLY
2 HOLD HANDRAIL
brass and aluminum backgrounds.
3 KEEP TENNIS SHOES AWAY
All come with a 3M adhesive FROM SIDES
backing. 4 NO BAREFEET
5 ALWAYS FACE FORWARD
NO SMOKING
Decals HOLD HANDRAIL
ATTEND CHILDREN
6 NO CHILD UNATTENDED
IN ELEVATORS
Many of the elevator and escalator
signs on the following pages are
AVOID SIDES PARENTS 9102 (5"x7")
YOUR CHILDREN MUST
■
available as decals. Custom decals
OBEY THESE RULES
are also available. All decals are ES-1
ES-SR1
adhesive backing
PADRES
KEEP FEET AWAY
FROM SIDE PANEL
FACE FORWARD
NO BABY STROLLERS LOS NIÑOS DEBEN
NO RIDING BAREFOOT
ES-12
OBEDECER LAS REGLAS
ES-SR1-SP
ES-12ES-12
(4"x8.75") ES-SR1-SP (4"x7")
CUIDADO NO SMOKING
IN ELEVATOR
L.A.M.C. 41.51
PERSONS SMOKING IN ELEVATOR
ARE SUBJECT TO A FINE
9103-LA (5"x8")
KEY OFF: KEY OFF: KEY OFF: NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION KEY ON: RECALLS ELEVATOR TO THIS FLOOR
• NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION • NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION KEY ON: • KEY CAN BE REMOVED IN THIS POSITION
TO OPERATE CAR STATION
KEY ON: • RECALLS ELEVATOR TO THIS FLOOR
KEY ON: • KEY CAN BE REMOVED IN THIS POSITION KEY OFF: NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION
• RECALLS ELEVATOR TO THIS FLOOR • RECALLS ELEVATOR TO THIS FLOOR KEY BY-PASS:
• KEY CAN BE REMOVED IN THIS POSITION TO OPERATE CAR STATION • OVERRIDES HEAT AND SMOKE SENSORS
• KEY CAN BE REMOVED IN THIS POSITION KEY BY-PASS: TO ALLOW NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION
KEY BY-PASS: • OVERRIDES HEAT AND SMOKE SENSORS
• OVERRIDES HEAT AND SMOKE SENSORS KEY BY-PASS:
• OVERRIDES HEAT AND SMOKE SENSORS TO ALLOW NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION KEY OFF: NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION
TO ALLOW NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION • RETURNS ELEVATOR TO RECALL FLOOR
TO ALLOW NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION KEY OFF: NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION WHEN "MAIN RECALL" IS EFFECTIVE
KEY OFF: KEY ON: KEY HOLD: ELEVATOR REMAINS AT FLOOR
• NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION KEY OFF: • PLACES ELEVATOR IN EMERGENCY SERVICE WITH DOORS OPEN
• NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION KEY ON:
KEY ON: • PUSH BUTTON FOR FLOOR DESIRED • PLACES ELEVATOR IN EMERGENCY SERVICE
• PLACES ELEVATOR IN EMERGENCY SERVICE KEY ON: • DOORS CLOSE AUTOMATICALLY • TO CLOSE DOORS APPLY CONTINUOUS
• TO CLOSE DOORS APPLY CONTINUOUS • PLACES ELEVATOR IN EMERGENCY SERVICE • TO OPEN DOORS APPLY CONTINUOUS PRESSURE TO "DOOR CLOSE" BUTTON
PRESSURE TO "DOOR OPEN" BUTTON • PUSH BUTTON FOR FLOOR DESIRED
PRESSURE TO "DOOR CLOSE" BUTTON • PUSH BUTTON FOR FLOOR DESIRED
KEY BY-PASS: • TO CANCEL FLOOR CALL,
• PUSH BUTTON FOR FLOOR DESIRED • DOORS CLOSE AUTOMATICALLY • APPLY CONTINUOUS PRESSURE TO KEY IF CAR PUSH DESIGNATED BUTTON
• TO OPEN DOORS APPLY CONTINUOUS • TO OPEN DOORS APPLY CONTINUOUS FAILS TO START AFTER PRESSING BUTTON FOR • TO OPEN DOORS APPLY CONTINUOUS
PRESSURE TO "DOOR OPEN" BUTTON 5002 PRESSURE TO "DOOR OPEN" BUTTON 5005
RETURN TO MAIN FLOOR 5101 PRESSURE TO "DOOR OPEN" BUTTON 5401
ELEVATOR CAR STATION ELEVATOR CAR STATION ELEVATOR CAR STATION ELEVATOR CAR STATION
■
SIGNS & BRAILLE TAGS
FIRE OR EMERGENCY FIRE OR EMERGENCY FIRE OR EMERGENCY
ELEVATOR OPERATION ELEVATOR OPERATION
ELEVATOR OPERATION
KEY OFF: KEY OFF: NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION
• RETURNS ELEVATOR TO RECALL FLOOR WHEN "MAIN RECALL" IS EFFECTIVE • TURN FIRE SWITCH TO "ON" POSITION
• NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION • PRESS AND HOLD "DOOR CLOSE"
• RETURNS ELEVATOR TO RECALL FLOOR KEY HOLD: ELEVATOR REMAINS AT FLOOR WITH DOORS OPEN
WHEN "MAIN RECALL" IS EFFECTIVE KEY ON: BUTTON TO CLOSE DOORS
KEY ON: • PLACES ELEVATOR IN EMERGENCY SERVICE • PRESS DESIRED FLOOR BUTTON
• TO CLOSE DOORS APPLY CONTINUOUS PRESSURE • PRESS AND HOLD "DOOR OPEN"
• PLACES ELEVATOR IN EMERGENCY SERVICE TO "DOOR CLOSE" BUTTON
• MAINTAIN PRESSURE ON BUTTON TO CLOSE DOORS • PUSH BUTTON FOR FLOOR DESIRED
BUTTON TO OPEN DOORS
• TO OPEN DOORS APPLY CONTINUOUS • TO CANCEL FLOOR CALL, PUSH DESIGNATED BUTTON • PRESS "CALL CANCEL" BUTTON TO
PRESSURE TO "DOOR OPEN" BUTTON 7001 • TO OPEN DOORS APPLY CONTINUOUS PRESSURE TO "DOOR OPEN" BUTTON CANCEL CALL
7202
• TURN KEY "OFF" TO ALLOW AUTOMATIC
ELEVATOR CAR STATION ELEVATOR CAR STATION RETURN TO INITIATING LANDING
• TURN KEY TO "HOLD" ELEVATOR AT FLOOR
7001 7202
MAIN STATION
8601
FIRE OR EMERGENCY
ELEVATOR OPERATION
FIRE OR EMERGENCY FIRE OR EMERGENCY
KEY OFF: ELEVATOR OPERATION ELEVATOR OPERATION
• NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION
KEY ON: KEY OFF: • TURN FIRE SWITCH TO "ON" POSITION
• PLACES ELEVATOR IN EMERGENCY SERVICE • NORMAL ELEVATOR OPERATION • PRESS DESIRED FLOOR BUTTON
• HOLD BUTTON FOR FLOOR DESIRED • PRESS AND HOLD "DOOR CLOSE"
• DOORS CLOSE AUTOMATICALLY KEY ON: BUTTON TO CLOSE DOORS
■
• TO OPEN DOORS APPLY CONTINUOUS PRESSURE • PLACES ELEVATOR IN EMERGENCY SERVICE • PRESS AND HOLD "DOOR OPEN"
TO "DOOR OPEN" BUTTON • PUSH BUTTON FOR FLOOR DESIRED BUTTON TO OPEN DOORS
• PRESS "RESET" BUTTON TO CANCEL CALL
7002
7003
7311 7210 7402
CLASS A LOADING
DANGER RELIEF PRESSURE LBS.
THIS ELEVATOR TEST DATE
GENERAL FREIGHT
OVERHEAD LOADING COMPANY NAME
PERMIT NO.
D-61(1(10"
D-61 x) 7")
0"x 8" FRT-61 (10"x 8")
ST-1 (1 5/16"x3
ST-1 1/2") FULL LOAD BY PASS DATE
P.S.I. P.S.I.
SAFETY TEST
ELECTRIC
WARNING HYDRAULIC
ANNUAL
DANGER
5-YEAR
PARTS OF THE CONTROL PANEL 3-YEAR
GOVERNOR TEST
ARE NOT DE-ENERGIZED RELIEF VALVE TEST
BUFFER TEST
BY THIS SWITCH
ELECTRICAL HAZARD
TEST PERFORMED
JAN 2014
FEB 2015
AUTHORIZED
W-11 (3.63"
W-11 (4"x x2.25")
2.00") MAR 2016
APR 2017
MAY 2018
4X2” ON ALUMINUM
WHITE TEXT, BLACK BACKGROUND
WARNING
Warning & Danger Signs
PARTS OF THE CONTROL PANEL
ARE NOT DE-ENERGIZED 27
BY THIS SWITCH W11
Data Tags
4X2” ON ALUMINUM
RED/BLACK TEXT, WHITE BACKGROUND
■
SIGNS & BRAILLE TAGS
ELEVATOR HYDRAULIC OIL LINE
HELDEC
HEL DECAL, 7X1”
TITLE 8-II
KSC BLACK TEXT, YELLOW BACKGROUND
■
2.5X.5” ASME 1 1996
TITLE 8 GROUP II
Replacement Parts
Stainless Bronze Mirrored Mirrored Inside Window Outside Frame
Part Number Part Number Stainless Bronze Dimensions Dimensions
CF34 CF34B CF34MS CF34MB 31⁄2" x 43⁄4" 41⁄2" x 53⁄4"
CF46 CF46B CF46MS CF46MB 4" x 6" 51⁄2" x 71⁄2"
CF48 CF48B CF48MS CF48MB 41⁄4" x 81⁄4" 53⁄4" x 93⁄4"
CF69 CF69B CF69MS CF69MB 55⁄8" x 85⁄8" 71⁄8" x 101⁄8"
■
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
28.1 28.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
28 ADA Phones
Building & Line Powered
■
TELEPHONES & CABINETS
Key
Features Line Building Feature
Programmable volume control • •
Digital message recording with excellent clarity • •
11912/11932
Second set of push button contacts • •
Auto answering • •
Programmable with a 9V battery;
11911/11931
no need for handset or telephone line • •
Resetting fuses to protect phone • •
Programming options via easy
to understand voice prompts • •
Continuous internal maintenance functions
Part Number Description Dimensions Power to check battery, telephone line and phone
11930 Red Painted Box Style 2" x 4" x 6" Building test reminder and trigger alarm upon failure • •
11931 #4 Stainless Steel 61⁄2" x 101⁄2" Building Remote diagnostics to check speaker
11932 #4 Stainless Steel 10" x 131⁄4" Building and microphone functions • •
11933 Grill Mount Building Shortcut program buttons available:
11935 #4 Muntz 61⁄2" x 101⁄2" Building SITE ID; PRG MENU; PH NO; VOLUME • • •
11936 #4 Muntz 10" x 131⁄4" Building Up to 3 outputs (dry contact) available • •
11939 #4 Stainless Steel Box 2" x 4" x 8" Building Onboard keypad for programming
11910 Red Painted Box Style 2" x 4" x 8" Line and placing calls • • •
11911 #4 Stainless Steel 61⁄2" x 101⁄2" Line Available in 1 or 2 LED versions • •
11912 #4 Stainless Steel 10" x 131⁄4" Line Reset function for quick reset
11913 Grill Mount Line to factory defaults • •
11915 #4 Muntz 61⁄2" x 101⁄2" Line Programmable ring count • •
11916 #4 Muntz 10" x 131⁄4" Line Programmable call cancellation • •
11919 #4 Stainless Steel Box 2" x 4" x 8" Line Battery backup: 4 hours minimum provided •
Programmable conversation time • •
Line sharing up to 8 phones per telephone line •
Functions as ADA phone and intercom
when used with our master station • •
Talk/End key has 2 functions:
Questions? Answers at… 1. It allows the S3C to used as a regular phone.
2. It provides onsite verification of an active phone line. •
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
28.2 www.cedelevator.com 28.2
■
TELEPHONES & CABINETS
DL-3 Series
DL-3 series phone is a micro-controller based
emergency phone system that offers a wide range
of features and system functions to meet your
needs, and is 100% ADA compliant.
The DL-3 is attractively designed and is available as
either a flush-mount or a surface-mount version.
Finish selections include stainless-steel, brass or
chip-resistant powder coating. A vandal-proof
version is also available.
Applications
The DL-3 is used in a wide range of elevator and
other applications including parking garages,
university campuses, shopping malls, airports,
■
hospitals, and many more.
Functions & Features
• Two-number dialer
• User-recordable digital message for location
identification.
• Voice prompted call handling instructions.
• PBX system compatibility
• Remote and local programming allows all system
functions to be reprogrammed from central and
local locations, including message recording.
• Tone dialing.
• Light flashes automatically when call is received.
• Auto-Answer mode allows incoming calls.
• 5-digit access code allows security against
unauthorized reprogramming
• Auto disconnect
• Prank calls easily disconnected.
• Non-volatile memory circuits allow voice message,
telephone number, and programmed information
to be retained without any batteries or power for
up to 10 years. That means no batteries to replace
and no AC power needed!
K-Phone ET401
Quick and easy installation
Two-wire hookup
Phone line powered
Features:
• Five-number automatic dialer
• Two voice announcement messages
• Call back capability
• Voice prompted programming steps
ADA & NEW ELEVATOR CODE
COMPLIANT PHONES
• Built-in keypad for on-site programming
• Remote programmable from any
touch-tone phone
■
• Non-volatile memory
• Automatic shut-off
• Full ADA and A17 elevator code compliant
• FCC, IC and ETL approval
Specifications:
PROTECTIVE A17.1a-2002 ID BUILT-IN Wiring: 22 AWG shielded twisted pair
SPEAKER SCREEN LABEL WITH BRAILLE PROGRAMMING
KEYPAD Phone line: Analog, 24-48 VDC line voltage
(30mA min.)
Power: Telephone line
Products are subject to change without prior notice.
■
Available in both ET401 and 901
■
Line Loss Monitor – ET98A
Solution for SME A17.1/CSA B44-2016
Identify loss of Telephone Signal
Works with K-Tech ET901 phones
Available Hall Station (ET98-LD) for retrofit
ET92A
ET98A
ET93-LD
Phone Accessories
■
15PB002 HO2PB001
PHAB/PHAS
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
29.1 29.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
29 Digital Multimeters
Fluke 87V and 83V Industrial Multimeters
■
■
TEST & MEASURING EQUIPMENT
Fluke 77 IV Digital Multimeter
The 77 IV Digital Multimeter has the features needed
to repair most electrical and electronic problems.
This meter is simple to use and has significant
improvements over Fluke’s original 70 Series with
more measurement functions, conformance to the
latest safety standards, and a much larger display that’s
easier to view.
Features
• Large display
• Backlight for work in dim areas.
• Min/Max to record signal fluctuations.
• Free your hands with the optional TPAK
magnetic hanger.
• Auto and manual ranging.
Measures
■
• Wide 1000V measurement range.
• Average responding AC measurements. Functions Range Best Accuracy Best Resolution
• 0.3% accuracy. DC volts 600.0mV to 1000V ± (0.3% + 1) 0.1mV
• Frequency and capacitance. AC volts 6.000V to 1000V ± (2.0% + 2) 1.0mV
DC current 60.00mA to 10A ± (1.5% + 2) 0.01mA
• Resistance and continuity.
AC current 60.00mA to 10A ± (2.5% + 2) 0.01mA
Resistance 600.0Ω to 50MΩ ± (0.5% + 1) 0.4%
Fluke 336 Clamp Meter Capacitance 1nF to 9,999µF ± (1.2% + 2) 1nF
Frequency 99.99Hz to 99.99kHz ± (0.1% + 1) 0.01Hz
(@23ºC ± 5ºC RH
0 to 90%) Range Accuracy AC Response
DC volts to 600.0V 1% + 5 counts
AC volts to 600.0V 1% + 5 counts (20 to 100Hz) True-rms
DC current 0 to 600.0A 2% + 3 counts
AC current to 600.0V 2% + 3 counts (10 to 100Hz) True-rms
Ohms 600.0Ω/6000Ω 1.5% + 5 counts
Inrush: 100mS Continuity: ≤30Ω
Weight: 0.31kg (11oz). Max wire dia: 3cm (1.2in).
Size: (LxWxD): 201mm x 7.9cm x 4cm (9.9in x 3.1in x 1.6in).
Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
29.3 www.cedelevator.com 29.3
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 3 1/21/19 12:58 PM
29 Tachometers &
Pressure Gauges
■
TEST & MEASURING EQUIPMENT
Hand Tachometers
Part Number DHT
• Shock resistant case
• Tolerance ±.5% of extreme scale value
• RPM 16–20,000, FPM 5–6,000
■
■
Lead Wire & Selector Tapes
■
Works with different rope types and diameters.
Part Number Description
EPW-455100 Includes control and 4 rope load sensors
EPW-455600 Additional LSM1 load sensor
In this Section
Saw Blades, Arbors
& Hole Saw Kits . . . . . . . . . . . 30.2
Carbide Tipped Hole Cutters . . 30.3
Drill Bits & Step Drill Bits . . . . . . 30.4
Drill/Tap Bits & Hand Taps . . . . 30.4
Snake Eye Driver Kit,
Bits and Machine Screws . . . 30.6
Cable Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.7
Wire Strippers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.8
Crimping Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.9
Mod Plug Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.9
CATV Connector Kit . . . . . . . . . . 30.9
Questions? Answers at… Conduit Benders . . . . . . . . . . . 30.10
(866) CED-ELEV
(866) 233-3538 Fish Tapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.10
Cable Oilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.11
Wicks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.11
or visit us online at Calipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.11
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
30.1 30.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
30 Saw Blades, Arbors
Hole Saw Kits
■
TOOLS
36091 1
⁄4" hole Saw Arbor 1
36092 3
⁄8" hole Saw Arbor 1
HACKSAW BLADE
36072 447⁄8 x 1⁄2 x .020, 18 teeth/in. Band Saw Blade 3
■
TOOLS
TKOTM Carbide-Tipped Hole Cutters
The most efficient and clean cutter replacement
for traditional knockouts, by making smooth
holes in a fraction of the time at a fraction of the
■
cost. Specifically designed to cut sheet metal,
TKO cutters will even cut stainless steel with
fine grained, carbide tips. The innovative design 36305
36309
includes the exclusive SmoothStart™ replaceable
pilot drill, which guides the cutter to the surface,
avoiding cutter damage and providing smoother
holes. An integral overdrill flange prevents cutter
penetration beyond the sheet metal. When it comes
to quality, performance and durability, IDEAL is the 36303 36301
professional’s choice for carbide-tipped hole cutters.
Part Number Hole Size Conduit & Pipe
36301 7
⁄8" 1
⁄2"
36302 1" —
36303 11⁄8" 3
⁄4"
36304 11⁄4" —
36305 13⁄8" 1"
36306 17⁄16" —
36307 11⁄2" —
36308 13⁄4" 11⁄4"
36309 2" 11⁄2"
36310 21⁄2" —
Drill Bits
Part Standard
Number Size Type Packaging*
DRILL1/8 1
⁄8" Cobalt 1
■
■
TOOLS
Drill/Tap Bits
• Complete hole drilling, tapping and deburring/countersinking
in one operation with power drill saves labor and time.
• Back tapered beyond tap to prevent thread damage
■
from over-drilling.
• Deburr/countersink also provided on bit beyond back taper.
• Made from hardened high-speed steel vs. carbon steel
for longer life.
• High quality hex shank to ensure strong connection to drill chuck.
• Designed to tap up to 10-gauge metal.
• Quick change adaptor included in both metric and standard kits.
Part Number Description
DTAPKITM M3-M10 6-Piece Drill/Tap Set
DTAPKIT 6-32 to 1/4-20 6-piece Drill/Tap Set
Part Number Description DTAPkit DTAPkitM
DTAP6-32 6-32NC Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAP8-32 8-32NC Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAP10-24 10-24NC Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAP10-32 10-32NF Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAP12-24 12-24NC Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAP1/4-20 1/4-20NC Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAP5/16-18 5/16-18NC Drill/Tap Bit
DTAP3/8-16 3/8-16NC Drill/Tap Bit
DTAPM3C M3 x .50 Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAPM4C M4 x .70 Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAPM5C M5 x .80 Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAPM6C M6 x 1.00 Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAPM8C M8 x 1.25 Drill/Tap Bit •
DTAPM10C M10 x 1.50 Drill/Tap Bit •
Specifications:
Material thickness Up to 10 gauge
Material type Mild steel, copper, brass, aluminum
Shank 1
/4" quick change hex
Drill material High-speed steel DTAP KIT
Drill point Split point with web thinning
Hand Taps
• Taper Style: Starts the thread square with workpiece.
• Bottoming Style: Generates the thread to the bottom.
Part Number Size Tap Style
BTAP1/4 1
⁄4" Bottoming
BTAP10/32 10
⁄32" Bottoming
BTAP5/16 5
⁄16" Bottoming
BTAP6/32 6
⁄32" Bottoming
BTAP8/32 8
⁄32" Bottoming
TTAP1/4 1
⁄4" Taper
TTAP1/2 1
⁄2" Taper
TTAP10/32 10
⁄32" Taper
TTAP3/8 3
⁄8" Taper
TTAP5/16 5
⁄16" Taper
TTAP6/32 6
⁄32" Taper
TTAP8/32 8
⁄32" Taper Questions? Answers at…
(866) CED-ELEV • (866) 233-3538
30.5 www.cedelevator.com 30.5
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 5 1/21/19 12:58 PM
30 Snake Eye Driver,
Bits & Screws
■
TOOLS
■
with Heavy-Duty Grips
TOOLS
Part Number 353052
Features
• Drop-forged, high-carbon steel construction
■
• Precision-ground, hardened cutting edges provide
accurate cuts without cable distortion
• Designed for maximum leverage with
minimum effort
• Cuts 2/0 copper and 4/0 aluminum
• Smart-Grip™ handles are resistant to perspiration,
water, oil and chemicals and provide a sure grip
even when wet.
• Lifetime guarantee
Replacement blade
Part Number 35085 (moveable side only)
Features
• Form-ground, knife-type blades for accurate, easy
stripping without nicking insulation
• Built-in wire cutter and looping holes
■
■
TOOLS
Part Number 30-3429
Features
Crimps bare or insulated terminals and splices on
10 to 22 AWG wire
■
93⁄4 in.
Knife-to-anvil blades never need resharpening
Excellent leverage for easy crimping and cutting
Drop-forged, high-carbon steel construction
Smart-Grip™ handles are resistant to perspiration,
water, oil and chemicals and provides a sure grip
even when wet
Lifetime guarantee
Conduit Benders
Ductile Iron Head & Handle Complete
74027
Features
■
31148 31063
■
TOOLS
Cable Oilers
Keeps cables lubricated for longer cable and sheave
life. To determine size measure distance between
■
outside cables and add 1" to each side.
Part Number Description
C04 4" Oiler
C07 7" Oiler
C09 9" Oiler
C012 12" Oiler
C016 16" Oiler
Wicks
Replacement wicks for cable oilers.
Part Number Description
CO4W 4" wick
CO7W 7" wick
CO9W 9" wick
CO12W 12" wick
CO16W 16" wick
Calipers
Part Number FJC10
Firm Joint outside caliper legs made from high
grade steel. Measure pistons up to 13" diameter.
31.1 31.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
31 ■
Elevator Wire Ropes
Traction Steel Wire Ropes – Fiber Core
WIRE & WIRE ROPE PRODUCTS
6x19 Warrington, 6x25 Filler 8x19 Warrington, 8x19 Seale, 8x21 Filler, 8x25 Filler
Diameter Nominal Weight Nominal Weight
Inches Strength, lbs. lbs./ft. Strength, lbs. lbs./ft.
3/8 8200 .23 8200 .20
7/16 11000 .31 11000 .28
1/2 14500 .40 14500 .36
6x19 Warrington 8x19 Seale 9/16 18500 .51 18500 .46
Fiber Core Fiber Core
5/8 23000 .63 23000 .57
11/16 27000 .76 27000 .69
3/4 32000 .90 32000 .82
* Right Regular Lay or Right Lang Lay available
■
MasterForm Compacted Strand Rope
TM
■
• Strands turn to the right • Strands turn to the right
Lang lay ropes, but the strands are compacted during
• Wires run in the same • Wires run down the rope
manufacture. This compacting process has many
direction as strands opposite to strands
benefits:
• Higher metallic surface • Hoist, Compensating
• The minimum breaking load is much higher than a area and flexibility and Governor ropes
regular rope of the same diameter and grade. This • Ideal for basement and
means that in the elevator, the load on the rope will side mount traction systems
be lower as a percentage of the breaking load. • Hoist ropes
• The outer surface of the strands is smoother than in
regular ropes and the surface area is larger. Larger
surface area means lower pressure and lower stresses RIGHT LANG LAY RIGHT REGULAR LAY
in the wires, resulting in less wear of both rope and
sheave, and greatly improved fatigue resistance.
Jacket
Colors BL=black BR=brown BU=blue
GN=green GY=grey RD=red MR=maroon OR=orange
PK=pink PU=purple TN=tan WH=white YW=yellow
4/0 THHN 19 strand. copper .63 • 16.0 711 • 1058 260 amps .05 inches BL
4/0 AWG • 108 mm2
3/0 THHN 19 strand. copper .57 • 14.5 570 • 848 225 amps .05 inches BL
3/0 AWG • 84.9 mm2
2/0 THHN 19 strand. copper .52 • 13.2 458 • 681 195 amps .05 inches BL
2/0 AWG • 67.5 mm2
1/0 THHN 19 strand. copper .48 • 12.2 369 • 549 170 amps .05 inches BL
1/0 AWG • 53.4 mm2
1 AWG THHN 19 strand. copper .44 • 11.2 297 • 442 150 amps .05 inches BL
1 AWG • 42.5 mm2
2 AWG THHN 19 strand. copper .38 • 9.7 232 • 345 130 amps .04 inches BL, GN
2 AWG • 33.7 mm2
4 AWG THHN 19 strand. copper .32 • 8.1 151 • 225 95 amps .04 inches BL, GN
4 AWG • 21.2 mm2
6 AWG THHN* 19 strand. copper .25 • 6.4 94 • 140 75 amps .03 inches BL, GN, BU
6 AWG • 13.3 mm2 RD, WH
8 AWG THHN* 19 strand. copper .21 • 5.3 62 • 92 55 amps .03 inches BL, GN, BU
8 AWG • 8.3 mm2 OR, RD, WH
10 AWG THHN* 19 strand. copper .16 • 4.0 38 • 57 30 amps .02 inches all
10 AWG • 5.2 mm2
12 AWG THHN* 19 strand. copper .13 • 3.3 24 • 36 20 amps .02 inches all
12 AWG • 3.3 mm2
*6 AWG, 8 AWG, 10 AWG and 12 AWG are suitable for 105° C appli-
Component Specifications Jacket Colors ance wiring material (AWM). They also come in a variety of insulation
Stranded Conductors BL=black colors and put-ups. See the last column (Jacket Colors) and the
Bare soft drawn copper complying with ANSI/ASTM GN=green abbreviations below. When ordering, be sure to specify the insulation
B174 and ANSI/ASTM B3. color and put-up you require.
Jacketing All cables are cut to length. Please specify. (Except larger than 8 guage)
Nylon (polyamide) or its UL listed equivalent.
MTW or THHN or THWN-2 conductors shall be UL Type “MTW or
THHN or THWN-2,” suitable for operations at 600 volts as specified
in the National Electrical Code, at conductor temperatures not to
exceed 75° C when exposed to oil or coolant, 90° C in wet or dry
locations. Conductors shall be annealed copper, insulated with high-
heat and moisture-resistant PVC, jacketed with abrasion, moisture,
gasoline, and oil-resistant nylon or UL-listed equivalent.
■
WIRE & WIRE ROPE PRODUCTS
Door Lock Wire Single Conductor – 600 Volt/200oC Rated General Purpose SF-2, Hook-up, Hoistway Door, Interlock Wire
Description/Size Nominal OD Net Weight Current Jacket Colors
Part Number of Single Conductor inches • mm lbs/kft • kg/km Rating Put-ups (abrv. below)
18 ASF-2 Strand 7/.015" tinned copper 0.13 • 3.3 12 • 17.9 6 amps 500, 1000' BL & WH/RD
18 AWG • 0.8mm2
■
As above, with the copper conductor tinned for easier soldering.
Reeving Splices
Eliminate the headaches associated with marrying
wire ropes. Reeving Splices save up to 30 minutes per
application by simplifying the marrying of wire ropes
during elevator re-roping operations. The economi-
cal disposable tools permit easy passage of married
ropes over or under sheaves. Applied in seconds by
hand, without tools, Reeving Splices maintain con-
■
Shortening Clamp
Designed to allow the user to pick the car by clamp-
ing onto the hoist ropes directly above the hitch
plate. Once the shortening clamp is in place a hoist
can be attached between it and the crosshead.
Slack can then be created in the hoist ropes allow-
ing for easy shortening at the hitchplate. Each rope
is gripped with two (2) cast clamps which have a
serrated pattern in one groove and is smooth in the
other. These serrations allow for more positive grip-
ping of the rope. Each cast clamp is secured to the
main bracket by three 1⁄2" bolts.
168520 Part Number Part Number
16280 6 ropes at 1⁄2" 16-281 6 ropes at 5⁄8"
16285 8 ropes at 1⁄2" 16-286 8 ropes at 5⁄8"
■
WIRE & WIRE ROPE PRODUCTS
Each of these clamps securely grab two ropes. Rope
resists slipping through the clamp because
of the spiral ridges cast into the grooves. Includes
hardware shown.
Part Number Size Part Number Size
16050 1
⁄2" 16051 5
⁄8"
■
galvanized finish and include standard full nut. Ap-
plication data available upon request. Most popular
sizes in stock.
A. Fist Grip Style:
Part Number Size Part Number Size
16002 3
⁄8" 16004 1
⁄2"
16006 (5⁄8") 16008 3
⁄4 A.
16000 5
⁄16"
Cable Bands
Easier than double whipping cables with seizing
wire. Bands are easily installed with pliers and
prevent wire rope from fraying when being cut.
Sized for all popular wire rope dimensions.
Part Number Rope Size Part Number Rope Size
16201 1
⁄4" 16202 ⁄8"
3
16203 1
⁄2" 16204 ⁄8"
5
16205 3
⁄4" 16206 7
⁄8"
16207 1" 16208 11⁄4"
■
WIRE & WIRE ROPE PRODUCTS
Wedge Sockets
• Replace your old babbit sockets with wedge
sockets. Save time, avoid fires, be safer, and avoid
bad babbit pours when you’re reroping, or when
you have to take the “stretch” out of your cable.
• Easy installation and adjustment
• Wedge sockets have been approved in all
50 states as well as the cities of Los Angeles,
Chicago, and New York.
• Test for extra high tensile strength at 31,600lbs on
6 x 19 rope.
EMCO Zippo Rod Rod
Part Number Part Number Dimensions Diam. Length
WS3812 ZZWNS10–12 3
⁄8 x 18 1
⁄2" 12"
WS3818 ZZWNS10–18 3
⁄8 x 24 1
⁄2" 18"
WS3824 ZZWNS10–24 3
⁄8 x 30 1
⁄2" 24"
Springs
■
WS1212 ZZWNS13–12 1
⁄2 x 18 3
⁄4" 12"
WS1218 ZZWNS13–18 1
⁄2 x 24 3
⁄4" 18" Part Dimensions
Number Description Length O.D. I.D.
WS1224 ZZWNS13–24 1
⁄2 x 30 3
⁄4" 24"
WS1230 ZZWNS13–30 1
⁄2 x 36 3
⁄4" 30" SS900 For 1⁄2" rope 5" 113⁄16" 11⁄8"
WS1236 ZZWNS13–36 1
⁄2 x 42 3
⁄4" 36" SS1000 For 5⁄8" rope 43⁄4" 213⁄16" 11⁄8"
WS5812 ZZWNS16–12 5
⁄8 x 18 3
⁄4" 12" SS900A Bushing assembly for both springs
WS5818 ZZWNS16–18 5
⁄8 x 24 3
⁄4" 18" Includes 3 bushings, 3 washers
WS5824 ZZWNS16–24 5
⁄8 x 30 3
⁄4" 24"
WS5830 ZZWNS16–30 5
⁄8 x 30 3
⁄4" 30"
WS5836 ZZWNS16–36 5
⁄8 x 42 3
⁄4" 36"
* Clips and wedges can be ordered separately.
• Larger sizes of wedge sockets for heavy freight
elevators, high-speed gearless, as well as for use
with compensatory ropes are available upon
request.
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
32.1 32.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
32 Duct, Connector
& Panel Connector
■
WIREWAYS & FITTINGS
Duct
Part Dimensions Part Dimensions
Number Inches (A x B x 120) Number Inches (A x B x 120)
DCV2525120 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x120 DCV258120 21⁄2 x 8 x120
DCV256120 21⁄2 x 6 x120 DCV2512120 21⁄2 x 12 x120
DCV2510120 21⁄2 x 10 x120 DCV44120 4 x 4 x120
DCV46120 4 x 6 x120 DCV48120 4 x 8 x120
DCV410120 4 x 10 x120 DCV412120 4 x 12 x120
DCV254120 21⁄2 x 4 x120 DCV66120 6 x 6 x120
DCV68120• UL approved
6 x 8 x120 DCV88120 8 x 8 x120
• Two covers and hardware provided with each duct.
• Knockouts available on all duct except 6x6 and 8x8.
■
Connector/Splice
Part Dimensions Part Dimensions
Number Inches (A x B) Number Inches (A x B)
CON2525 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 CON25848 21⁄2 x 8, 4 x 8
CON25646 21⁄2 x 6, 4 x 6 CON2512412 21⁄2 x12, 4 x12
CON2510410 21⁄2 x 10, 4 x 10 CON66 6x6
CON68 6x8 CON88 8x8
CON25444 21⁄2 x 4, 4 x 4
• UL approved
Panel Connector/Flange
Part Dimensions Part Dimensions
Number Inches (A x B) Number Inches (A x B)
PCN2525 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 PCN258 21⁄2 x 8
PCN256 21⁄2 x 6 PCN2512 21⁄2 x 12
PCN2510 21⁄2 x 10 PCN44 4x4
PCN46 4x6 PCN48 4x8
PCN410 4 x 10 PCN412 4 x 12
PCN-8 6x8 PCN66 6x6
PCN254 21⁄2 x 4 PCN88 8x8
• UL approved
■
WIREWAYS & FITTINGS
90º Elbow Assembly
Part Dimensions Part Dimensions
Number Inches (A x B) Number Inches (A x B)
L902525 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 L90254 21⁄2 x 4
L90256 21⁄2 x 6 L90258 21⁄2 x 8
L902510 21⁄2 x 10 L902512 21⁄2 x 12
L9044 4x4 L90425 4 x 21⁄2
L9048 4x8 L9046 4x6
L90412 4 x 12 L90410 4 x 10
L90625 6 x 21⁄2 L9064 6x4
L9066 6x6 L9068 6x8
L90825 8 x 21⁄2 L9084 8x4
■
L9086 8x6 L9088 8x8
L901025 10 x 21⁄2 L90104 10 x 4
L901225 12 x 21⁄2 L90124 12 x 4
• UL approved
FLAT 90º SHOWN, i.e. L90254120
Tee Assembly
Part Dimensions Part Dimensions
Number Inches (A x B) Number Inches (A x B)
TEE2525 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 TEE254 21⁄2 x 4
TEE256 21⁄2 x 6 TEE258 21⁄2 x 8
TEE2510 21⁄2 x 10 TEE2512 21⁄2 x 12
TEE44 4x4 TEE425 4 x 21⁄2
TEE48 4x8 TEE46 4x6
TEE412 4 x 12 TEE410 4 x 10
TEE625 6 x 21⁄2 TEE64 6x4
TEE66 6x6 TEE68 6x8
TEE825 8 x 21⁄2 TEE84 8x4
TEE86 8x6 TEE88 8x8
TEE1025 10 x 21⁄2 TEE104 10 x 4
TEE1225 12 x 21⁄2 TEE124 12 x 4
• UL approved
Crossover Assembly
Part Dimensions Part Dimensions
Number Inches (A x B) Number Inches (A x B)
CRS2525 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 CRS254 21⁄2 x 4
CRS256 21⁄2 x 6 CRS258 21⁄2 x 8
CRS2510 21⁄2 x 10 CRS2512 21⁄2 x 12
CRS44 4x4 CRS425 4 x 21⁄2
CRS48 4x8 CRS46 4x6
CRS412 4 x 12 CRS410 4 x 10
CRS625 6 x 21⁄2 CRS64 6x4
CRS66 6x6 CRS68 6x8
CRS825 8 x 21⁄2 TEE84 8x4
■
• UL approved
• UL approved
■
WIREWAYS & FITTINGS
End Cap/Reducer
Part Dimensions Part Dimensions
Number Inches (A x B) Number Inches (A x B)
EPT2525 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 EPT254 21⁄2 x 4
EPT256 21⁄2 x 6 EPT258 21⁄2 x 8
EPT2510 21⁄2 x 10 EPT2512 21⁄2 x 12
EPT44 4x4 EPT425 4 x 21⁄2
EPT48 4x8 EPT46 4x6
EPT412 4 x 12 EPT410 4 x 10
EPT64 6x4 EPT625 6 x 21⁄2
EPT68 6x8 EPT66 6x6
EPT84 8x4 EPT825 8 x 21⁄2
■
EPT88 8x8 EPT86 8x6
EPT104 10 x 4 EPT1025 10 x 21⁄2
EPT124 12 x 4 EPT1225 12 x 21⁄2
• UL approved
Reducer
Part Dimensions Part Dimensions
Number Inches (A x B–C X D) Number Inches (A x B–C x D)
RDC256254 21⁄2 x 6–21⁄2 x 4 RDC44254 4 x 4–21⁄2 x 4
RDC46254 4 x 6–21⁄2 x 4 RDC4644 4 x 6–4 x 4
RDC48254 4 x 8–21⁄2 x 4 RDC4844 4 x 8–4 x 4
RDC4846 4 x 8–4 x 6 RDC66254 6 x 6–21⁄2 x 4
RDC6644 6 x 6–4 x 4 RDC6646 6 x 6–4 x 6
RDC8844 8 x 8–4 x 4
• UL approved
Insulated Bushing
Part Dimensions Part Dimensions
Number Inches (A x B) Number Inches (A x B)
ISB2525 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 ISB258 21⁄2 x 8
ISB256 21⁄2 x 6 ISB2512 21⁄2 x 12
ISB2510 21⁄2 x 10 ISB44 4x4
ISB46 4x6 ISB48 4x8
ISB410 4 x 10 ISB412 4 x 12
ISB68 6x8 ISB66 6x6
ISB254 21⁄2 x 4 ISB88 8x8
• UL approved
Number Inches
WSK04-N 4"
WSK06-N 6"
WSK08-N 8"
WSK10-N 10"
WSK12-N 12"
WSK14-N 14"
or visit us online at
www.cedelevator.com
for 24 hour order entry,
cross reference data base,
product specifications
with pictures and much more!
1 33.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
STOCK SRH
Table of Contents
1. Job Information / General Controller Information 3. Landings and Openings / Car Door Data
This document can be edited, saved, and submitted electronically using Adobe Reader.
Job Details
Market Segment: Financial
Job Name:
PO #: Federal Health Care Residential
Job Location (City & State) Education Hospitality Other
Phone: Fax:
Configuration
Cell:
Email: Simplex # Cars
Motor & Valve Data ( Data for all cars is the same as car 1) Failure to provide complete data will result in delay of stock SRH approval
# Motor Motor # of Valves # of Coils
Car Leads Volts
FLA HP Valve Brand/Model Valve Volts
(1 Standard) (4 Standard)
Dual Jacks
CE Micro Com Discrete Signals (one line per floor) E.P. Contact from Generator is
Normally Open Normally Closed
DL-20 (interface only)
Power Pre-Transfer Contact from Generator is
Normally Open Normally Closed Not Present
(default)
Emergency Power Car Selector Switch
In Car Arrival Lantern Not Required Single Car Selection Multiple Car Selection (provide details below)
(default)
CE Micro Com Discrete Signals Number of cars the generator can operate simultaneously.
(default value is 1 car)
First Floor Only (Discrete) CE Micro Com Lanterns Notes and Special Instructions:
(Type: SA130M Req.)
All Floors (Smartrise Hall Boards)
14
Armor D3000
13
ATS-2405 Direct
12
We will default to DC-68 D3000
the lobby landing 11
and the landing HD68 D3000
above for main 10
and alternate fire HD 73-Dover
floor respectively. 9 D3000
type D/IVO
8
HD-85 D3000
7
HD91 D3000
6
HD-98
5 (Non encoder- D3000
based version only)
4
HDLM Direct
3
KIS 100 Direct
2
LD03
1 (DC Only) D3000
Default
PI Pit -> Pit Pit
labels (default 4ft) MOCT D3000
Clearly Mark
MOC-T2 D3000
F/R Openings
MOD (L,G,X) D3000
Main Fire/Lobby Floor
Alt Fire Floor MOH D3000
MOM D3000
Total Hoistway * Stock controller supports rear openings, but
MOML
does not support walk through applications. D3000
Height (ft)
Car 1 MOVFE Direct
MOVFE 2 Direct
Car 2
MOVFR Direct
Al
Alll car
cars
s same as Car 1
MOVFR 2 Direct
OTIS
AAA 7782 AT D3000
OTIS
AAA 7782 AT D3000
(DC Version)
Westinghouse
HG d310 D3000
Westinghouse
HY D3000
Door Protection
Photo Eye/Light Curtain Mechanical Safety Edge Door Hold Button
(default)
COMPANY JOB
NAME: _______________________________ NAME:_____________________ _____________________
ADDRESS: _________________________________ ADDRESS: __________________________ _____________
CITY: ____________________________________ _ CITY: _______ _________________
STATE: _____________ ZIP______________ STATE: _______________________ ZIP:_____________ _
CONTACT NAME: _______________________________ PHONE: _________________ EMAIL ___________________________ __
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
■
BILL TO SHIP TO
BATTERIES
FAX ORDER FORM
■
Ordered by Date
Phone# Fax#
P.O.# Job#
■
Required Delivery Date Shipped Via
Quantity Part Number Description Unit Price* Total
*CED will complete the price column and fax your order form back with confirmation of your order. TOTAL
Special Instructions
Signature
Western US:(866)
866 CED-ELEV
CED-ELEV • Eastern
(866) 233-3538
US: 866-253-2915
or 866-233-3538 • Fax www.cedelevator.com
562-427-8429 or 860-256-2211 • Fax 860-290-8970
Ordered by Date
Phone# Fax#
P.O.# Job#
*CED will complete the price column and fax your order form back with confirmation of your order. TOTAL
Special Instructions
Signature
A PHOTOCOPY
www.cedelevator.com
or 866-233-3538 • Fax 562-427-8429 or 860-256-2211 • Fax 860-290-8970
■
RETURN POLICY
In case of damage, shortage,
and/or incorrect shipment
Breakage or Damage
Freight, Express or non-CED truck delivery
Note: According to the contract terms and conditions of the Carrier,
the responsibility of the Shipper ends at the time and place of
shipment. The Carrier then assumes full responsibility for the
■
shipment.
1. Whenever possible, note the damaged items on the freight bill
before signing. Notify the local agent of the transport company
immediately.
2. Hold all damaged goods with container and packing for
inspection of the examining agent. Do not return any damaged Return for Credit Policy
goods prior to inspection and authorization of the transport
company. 1. Merchandise must have a “Return
3. File appropriate claim against transport company. Substantiate Authorization Number.”
claim by examining agent’s report. A certified copy of CED 2. “Returns” must be identified by CED
Elevator & Electrical invoice will be available upon request. Elevator & Electrical invoice number or
4. Contact CED Elevator & Electrical regarding your requirements for packing slip number.
replacement material.
3. No material can be accepted for return after
Federal Express/UPS shipments 60 days from date of sale.
1. Contact local FedEx or UPS office regarding damage and 4. “Special” or modified material is not eligible
insurance claim. for return.
2. Retain container and packing for inspection purposes.
5. Restocking charges, where applicable, will
3. Each FedEx/UPS office has a different method of handling claims
be deducted from credit memo.
and will advise you of their procedures.
4. Contact CED Elevator & Electrical regarding your requirements for 6. All return material is subject to incoming
replacement material. inspection and must be in original carton.
Returns
Do not return any items, whether damaged, incorrect, or
excess material until complete return shipping instructions
are received from CED Elevator & Electrical!
The products listed on this page are manufactured by Questions?Answers
Questions? Answersat…
at…
Western US: 866(866)CED-ELEV
CED-ELEVEastern
• (866) 233-3538
US: 866-253-2915
www.cedelevator.com
or 866-233-3538 • Fax 562-427-8429 or 860-256-2211 • Fax 860-290-8970
■
Traveling 2.2-7
A
INDEX
Calipers 30.11
Acrylic Signs 27.13-16
Capstan 10.3
ADA Phones 28.2-5
Car Lanterns 7.5-6
Additive, Soft Start 9.17
Car Stations 7.4-6
■
Alarm Bells & Brass Bells 12.6
Car Top Inspection Station 12.2
Anti-Rotation Device 31.9
Certificate Frames 27.18
Aqueous Cleaners
All-Purpose Cleaner/Degreaser 16.6 Chain & Anchor Shackles 10.6
Foaming Cleaner/Degreaser 16.6 Channel & Components 5.15
Glass Cleaner 16.6 Chimes 9.16
Grease Buster 16.6
Clamps
Auxiliary Contacts 3.2-8 Rail 10.7
Sprecher + Schuh 3.2-8 Roebling 31.7
Shortening 31.6
B Wire Rope 10.5
Babbit Sockets & Accessories 31.9 Cleaners/Degreasers
All-Purpose 16.7
Ball Valves 17.6-7
Aqueous 16.6
Barricade, Pedestrian 25.5 Grease Buster 16.6
Based LEDs 14.12 Foaming 16.6
Hand 16.5
Batteries
Heavy Duty 16.5
Alkaline 1.3
Natural Degreaser 16.5
Rechargeable Alkaline 1.3
Precision Contact 16.7
Cross Reference 1.4
Sealed Lead-Acid 1.2 Clevises
Crosshead Clevis 10.6
Bearing Press 4.7
Quick Release 10.6
Bells, Alarm & Brass 12.6 Rail Block/Clevis 10.6
Black Pipe, Hydraulic 17.7 Rail Hoisting 10.7
Blocks Climber, Wire Rope 10.2
Rail Block/Clevis 10.6 Compensating Cable 2.11
Wire Rope Block 10.5
Compensating Cable Kit 2.13
Wood Tackle Blocks 10.5
Conduit Benders 30.10
Blowers & Exhaust Fans 6.2-3
Connectors, Split-bolt 5.13
Boxes & Covers 5.11-12
Contact Assemblies (GAL) 4.3
Braille Tags 27.2-8
Contact Kits, Replacement 19.7-13
Bumper, Door 4.17
Contactors (Section 3)
Burnishing & Polishing Tools 9.13
Auxiliary Contacts 3.9, 3.13
Cross Reference Table 3.21-22
C Electronic Overloads 3.14, 3.25
Cable Bands 31.7 Definite Purpose Heavy Duty–Class 40 3.19, 3.27
Solid State Overloads 3.11
Cable Jacket Stripper 2.17 Thermal Overloads 3.5, 3.14
Cable Oilers & Wicks 30.11 3-Pole AC 3.9, 3.23
Cable 3-Pole AC Reversing 3.10, 3.14, 3.17, 3.25
Compensating Cable 2.11 3-Pole AC Non-Reversing 3.2, 3.13, 3.16
Compensating Cable Installation Kits 2.13 3-Pole DC 3.26
Communications Shielded Pairs 2.7 4-Pole 3.4, 3.24
Cutting Tools, Cable & Wire 2.17 Controllers 7.2-3
Damping Devices 2.13 Control Relays (Section 3)
Hoistway 2.8-9
Hoistway Guard Systems 2.16 Convenience Box, Auxiliary 5.6
PhlexGrip Cable Hanging Support Bracket 2.13 Coolers, Tank 6.5-6
Power, TEW & THHN 34.4 Corrosion Inhibitors
Product Specifications 2.2-12 Enamel Spray Paint, Rust Proof 16.4
Shielded Pair 2.10 Zinc Spray Coating 16.4
Technical Information 2.12
34.1
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 1 1/21/19 12:58 PM
34
■
■
Hardware, Miscellaneous, cont. Replacement Locks, Keys & Boxes 13.3
Ty-Raps 5.14
INDEX
Key Keepers 13.2
Wire Marker Cards 5.14 Keys, Door 13.2
Wire Nuts 5.14
Key Switches 9.7-9
Heat Exchanger, Oil-to-Air 6.5
Knockout Punches, Kits & Plugs 5.12
■
Heaters
Elevator Cab 6.4
Tank 6.4
L
Hoisting Equipment Ladders, Pit 9.3
Blocks 10.5-10.6 Custom Pit 9.3
Cable 2.8-9 Stepladders 9.4
Cable Climber 10.2 Lamps
Clamps, Rail 10.2 Flood, Reflector 14.2
Blocks, Wire Rope 10.5 Fluorescent 14.2
Clevises 10.6-7 Incandescent 14.9-10
Hoist, Electric Capstan 10.2 Miniature 14.3-11
Lifting & Pulling Machine 10.3 Neon 14.11
Power Hoist System 10.3 Technical Data (Minature) 14.3-4
Rope, Twisted 10.4 Lead Wire & Seal Press 29.5
Shackles, Chain & Anchor 10.6 LEDs 14.2
Winch, Power 10.3
Wire Rope Sling 10.4 Lighting Fixtures
Emergency & Replacement Parts 15.2-3
Hoistway Cable 2.8-9 Strip Fluorescent 15.3
Hoistway Safety Netting 2.16, 25.4 Light Kit, Halo 11.3
Hoistway Shield Systems 2.16, 25.4 Lights
Hooks, Material 9.2 Bulbs, Guards, Specialty 5.2
Hydraulic Oil Additive 9.17 Flashlights 5.2
Hydro Machine, Temporary 11.2 Limit Switches 5.4-5
Hydro Spider 11.3 Liquid Tight Fitting 5.10
Lockout/Tagout Devices 19.6
I Lugs, Mechanical & Compression 5.13
Infrared Curtain Protection 17.9-10
Insecticide, Wasp & Hornet 16.8
M
Inserts, Rail 24.5 MAC Door Operator Service Parts 4.13-15
Inserts, Wall 27.7 Material Hooks 9.2
Inspection Mirror 25.2 Melting Pot 31.9
Inspection Stations Mesh 2.16, 25.4
Car Top 12.2 Metal Boxes & Covers 5.11-12
Emergency Light Combo 12.3 Motor Generator Filters 20.2-3
Lights/Buzzers 12.4
Replacement Parts 12.4 Motor Starters, Solid State
Soft Start 19.2-4
Insulated Butt Splices 5.14 Nordic 3.16-20
Interlock Kits (GAL) 4.3-7 Motors, Elevator
Isolation Coupling 21.2 Submersible, Belt Drive, DC Door 18.2
Isolation Pad 21.2 Muffler Isolation Coupling & Pad 22.2
Mufflers 22.2
J Multimeters, Digital 29.2-3
Junction Boxes 5.11-12
N
k Nudging Device 12.7
Kellems Grips 2.14-15
Key Boxes
Fire 13.3
34.3
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 3 1/21/19 12:58 PM
34
■
Clamps 10.7
O
INDEX
■
Soft Start Additive 9.17 Wire
Door Lock 31.5
INDEX
Soft Starters 3.6
Seizing 31.6
Spirators 4.17
Wire Cloth, Square Mesh 3.16, 25.4
Split-bolt Connectors 5.13
Wire, Copper, Power, TEW, THHN 31.4
Springs 31.9
■
Wire Hookup 31.4-5
Starters, Motor
Solid State 3.20, 19.1-4 Wire Marker Cards 5.14
Strip Light 15.3 Wire Mesh Grips (Kellems) 2.14-15
String Lights 5.2 Wire Nuts 5.14
Strippers, Cable 30.8 Wire Rope 31.2-3
Cable Bands 31.7
Struts 5.15 Clips 31.7
Submersible Motors 18.1 Cutters 31.8
Swayless Devices 2.11 Grips 31.6
Oil (Wire Rope Oil) 16.2
Switches
Bussman Power Module 19.5 Roebling Clamp 31.7
Heavy Duty Safety 19.6 Sling, Wire Rope 10.4
Limit 5.5 Tags 31.2
Pit, Outlets & Work Light 5.6 Tension Gauge 29.5
Wedge Sockets 31.9
T Wire Seals, Lead 29.5
2:1 Rope Change Tooling 31.10 Wireway
45° Elbow Assembly 32.4
Tabs, Forks & Rings 5.13 90° Elbow Assembly 32.3
Tachometers 29.5 Connector 32.2
Tank Heaters & Coolers 6.5-6 Crossover Assembly 32.4
Duct 32.2
Tapes, Friction, Rubber, Electrical, All-Weather 9.6 End Cap/Reducer 32.5
Telephone Cabinets 28.5 Hatch Duct Mounting Kit 32.6
Telephone Replacement Parts Insulated Bushing 32.5
& Accessories 28.6 Reducer 32.5
Tee Assembly 32.5
Telephones, ADA Wire Support Kit 32.6
Building Powered AC 28.2
Phone Line Powered 28.3
Test Weight Carts 29.6
Testers, Electrical 29.4
Timers
Socket Mounted, Solid State & Rail Mount 3.37
Traveling Cable 2.2-7
Trough 32.2
Ty-Raps 5.14
V
Valve, Ball 17.6-7
Valve, Rupture 17.7
Victaulic Fittings 17.3-5
W
Wall Panel Splines, Aluminum 9.2
Wedge Sockets 31.9
Wipers 4.6
Winch, Power 10.3
34.5
46239_CED Sect 21toEnd.indd 5 1/21/19 12:58 PM
1/21/19 12:44 PM
Hartford, CT
ELEVATOR & ELECTRICAL Columbia, MD
Long Beach, CA
Grand Prairie, TX
EXPANDING TO SE RVE YOUR NEEDS
Long Beach/ Hartford
Grand Prairie/Columbia 866-253-2915
866-CED-ELEV